Compounds and pharmaceutical compositions thereof are directed to methods useful in the prophylaxis or treatment of reducing platelet aggreagation, coronary artery disease, myocardial infarction, transient ischemic attack, angina, stroke, atrial fibrillation, reducing the risk of blood clot formation, asthma or symptoms thereof, agitation or a symptom, behavioral disorders, drug induced psychosis, excitative psychosis, Gilles de la Tourette's syndrome, manic disorder, organic or NOS psychosis, psychotic disorder, psychosis, acute schizophrenia, chronic schizophrenia and NOS schizophrenia and related disorders.

The present invention also relates to the method of prophylaxis or treatment of 5-HT2A serotonin receptor mediated disorders in combination with a dopamine D2 receptor antagonist such as haloperidol, administered separately or together.

BACKGROUND OF THE INVENTION I. G protein-coupled receptors [0001] G protein-coupled receptors share a common structural motif. All these receptors have seven sequences of between 22 to 24 hydrophobic amino acids that form seven alpha helices, each of which spans the membrane. The transmembrane helices are joined by strands of amino acids having a larger loop between the fourth and fifth transmembrane helix on the extracellular side of the membrane.

Another larger loop, composed primarily of hydrophilic amino acids, joins transmembrane helices five and six on the intracellular side of the membrane. The carboxy terminus of the receptor lies intracellularly with the amino terminus in the extracellular space. It is thought that the loop joining helices five and six, as well as, the carboxy terminus, interact with the G protein. Currently, Gq, Gs, Gi and Go are G proteins that have been identified. The general structure of G protein-coupled receptors is shown in Figure 1.

[0002] Under physiological conditions, G protein-coupled receptors exist in the cell membrane in equilibrium between two different states or conformations: an"inactive"state and an"active"state. As shown schematically in Figure 2, a receptor in an inactive state is unable to link to the intracellular transduction pathway to produce a biological response. Changing the receptor conformation to the active state allows linkage to the transduction pathway and produces a biological response.

[0003] A receptor may be stabilized in an active state by an endogenous ligand or an exogenous agonist ligand. Recent discoveries such as, including but not exclusively limited to, modifications to the amino acid sequence of the receptor provide means other than ligands to stabilize the active state conformation. These means effectively stabilize the receptor in an active state by simulating the effect of a ligand binding to the receptor. Stabilization by such ligand-independent means is termed"constitutive receptor activation." Serotonin receptors [0004] Receptors for serotonin (5-hydroxytryptamine, 5-HT) are an important class of G protein-coupled receptors. Serotonin is thought to play a role in processes related to learning and memory, sleep, thermoregulation, mood, motor activity, pain, sexual and aggressive behaviors, appetite, neurodegenerative regulation, and biological rhythms. Not surprisingly, serotonin is linked to pathophysiological conditions such as anxiety, depression, obsessive-compulsive disorders, schizophrenia, suicide, autism, migraine, emesis, alcoholism, and neurodegenerative disorders. With respect to on anti-psychotic treatment approaches focused on the serotonin receptors, these types of therapeutics can generally be divided into two classes, the"typical"and the"atypical. "Both have anti- psychotic effects, but the typicals also include concomitant motor-related side effects (extra pyramidal syndromes, e. g., lip-smacking, tongue darting, locomotor movement, etc). Such side effects are thought to be associated with the compounds interacting with other receptors, such as the human dopamine D2 receptor in the nigro-striatal pathway. Therefore, an atypical treatment is preferred. Haloperidol is considered a typical anti-psychotic, and clozapine is considered an atypical anti-psychotic.

[0005] Serotonin receptors are divided into seven subfamilies, referred to as 5-HT1 through 5-HT7, inclusive. These subfamilies are further divided into subtypes. For example, the 5-HT2 subfamily is divided into three receptor subtypes: 5-HT2A, 5-HT2B, and 5-HT2C. The human 5-HT2c receptor was first isolated and cloned in 1987, and the human 5-HT2A receptor was first isolated and cloned in 1990. These two receptors are thought to be the site of action of hallucinogenic drugs.

Additionally, antagonists to the 5-HT2A and 5-HTzc receptors are believed to be useful in treating depression, anxiety, psychosis, and eating disorders.

[0006] U. S. Patent Number 4,985, 352 describes the isolation, characterization, and expression of a functional cDNA clone encoding the entire human 5-HT1C receptor (now known as the 5-HT2c receptor). U. S. Patent Number 5,661, 012 describes the isolation, characterization, and expression of a functional cDNA clone encoding the entire human 5-HT2A receptor.

[0007] Mutations of the endogenous forms of the rat 5-HT2A and rat 5-HT2c receptors have been reported to lead to constitutive activation of these receptors (5-HT2A : Casey, C. et al. (1996) Society for Neuroscience Abstracts, 22: 699.10, hereinafter"Casey" ; 5-HT2c : Herrick-Davis, K. , and Teitler, M. (1996) SocietyforNeuroscience Abstracts, 22: 699.18, hereinafter"Herrick-Davis 1"; and Herrick-Davis, K. et al. (1997) J. Neurochemistry 69 (3): 1138, hereinafter"Herrick-Davis-2"). Casey describes a mutation of the cysteine residue at position 322 of the rat 5-HT2A receptor to lysine (C322K), glutamin (C322Q), and arginine (C322R) which reportedly led to constitutive activation.

Herrick-Davis 1 and Herrick-Davis 2 describe mutations of the serine residue at position 312 of the rat 5-HT2C receptor to phenylalanine (S312F) and lysine (S312K), which reportedly led to constitutive activation.

SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION [0008] The present invention relates to non-endogenous, constitutively activated forms of the human 5-HT2A and human 5-HT2c receptors and various uses of such receptors. Further disclosed are small molecule modulators of these receptors. Most preferably, these modulators have inverse agonist characteristics at the receptor.

[0009] More specifically, the present invention discloses nucleic acid molecules and the proteins for three non-endogenous, constitutively activated human serotonin receptors, referred to herein as, AP-1, AP-3, and AP-4. The AP-1 receptor is a constitutively active form of the human 5- HT2c receptor created by an S310K point mutation. The AP-3 receptor is a constitutively active form of the human 5-HT2A receptor whereby the intracellular loop 3 (IC3) portion and the cytoplasmic-tail portion of the endogenous human 5-HT2A receptor have been replaced with the IC3 portion and the cytoplasmic-tail portion of the human 5-HT2c receptor. The AP-4 receptor is a constitutively active form of the human 5-HT2A receptor whereby (1) the region of the intracellular third loop between the proline of the transmembrane 5 region (TM5) and the proline of TM6 of the endogenous human 5- HT2A receptor has been replaced with the corresponding region of the human 5-HT2c receptor (including a S310K point mutation); and (2) the cytoplasmic-tail portion of the endogenous human 5- HT2A receptor has been replaced with the cytoplasmic-tail portion of the endogenous human 5-HT2c receptor.

[0010] The invention also provides assays that may be used to directly identify candidate compounds as agonists, partial agonists or inverse agonists to non-endogenous, constitutively activated human serotonin receptors; such candidate compounds can then be utilized in pharmaceutical composition (s) for treatment of diseases and disorders which are related to the human 5-HT2A and/or human 5-HT2C receptors.

[0011] The invention also provides compounds that exhibit high selectivity 5-HT2A activity.

More specifically, the compounds possessing 5-HT2A receptor activity are designated by the general Formula (I): (I) wherein: i) R, is H, halogens, NR5R6, OH or OR7, wherein R5 and R6 are independently H, or Cl 6 alkyl, or C26 alkenyl, or cycloalkyl, or aryl, or CH2 aryl group and each said group may be optionally substituted by up to four substituents in any position independently selected from CF3, CC13, Me, NO2, OH, OMe, OEt, CONR8R9, NR8R9, NHCOCH3, OCF3, SMe, COORIO, S03R8, SO2NR8R9, COMe, COEt, CO-lower alkyl, SCF3, CN, C2-6 alkenyl, H, halogens, 1. 4 alkoxy, C3-6 cycloalkyl, C1-6 alkyl, and aryl wherein each of the C3-6 cycloalkyl, C1-6 alkyl, or aryl groups may be further optionally substituted by up to four substituents in any position independently selected from CF3, CCl3, Me, NO2, OH, OMe, OEt, CONR8R9, NR8R9, NHCOCH3, OCF3, SMe, COORlo, SO2NR8Rg, SO3RIo COMe, COEt, CO-lower allcyl, SCF3, CN, C26 alkenyl, H, halogens, C1-4 alkoxy, C3-6 cycloalkyl, Cl 6 alkyl, and aryl; or Rs and R6 may form part of a 5,6 or 7 membered cyclic structure which may be either saturated or unsaturated and that may contain up to four heteroatoms selected from O, N or S and said cyclic structure may be optionally substituted by up to four substituents in any position independently selected from CF3, CC13, Me, NO2, OH, OMe, OEt, OCF3, SMe, COOR10, SO2NR8R9, SO3R10, NHCOCH3, COEt, COMe, or halogen;

R8 and Ru are independently a H, or C1-6 alkyl, or C2-6 alkenyl, or cycloalkyl, or aryl, or CH2 aryl group and each said group may be optionally substituted by up to four substituents in any position independently selected from halogen, CF3, OCF3, OEt, CC13, Me, NO2, OH, OMe, SMe, COMe, CN, COOR10, SOsRio, COEt, NHCOCH3, or aryl; R10 is H or C1-6 alkyl ; R7 is H or C1-6 alkyl ; ii) R2 is H, straight chain or branched Cl 6 alkyl, C26 alkenyl, or cycloalkyl ; iii) R3 is halogen, carboxy, CN, alkoxycarbonyl, straight chain or branched C1-6 alkyl, C2- 6 alkenyl, C26 alkynyl, cycloalkyl, aryl or heteroaryl, wherein each of said alkoxycarbonyl, straight chain or branched Cl 6 alkyl, C26 alkenyl, 2-6 alkynyl, cycloalkyl, aryl or heteroaryl groups can be optionally substituted with up to four substituents in any position selected from <BR> <BR> <BR> OH, ORIo, NRsRg, halogen, -C (p) 3, or-O-C (p) 3 where p is halogen, and said cycloalkyl, aryl or heteroaryl groups can alternatively or additionally be optionally substituted with up to four alkyl substituents in any position; iv) R4 is C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, or cycloalkyl ; v) A is C (=O), C (=S) or SO2 ; vi) B is L, or L2; Ll is: q is 0 or 1 ; m is 0 or 1 ; nisOorl ; R, I and R12 are each independently H, straight chain or branched Cl 6 alkyl, C26 alkenyl, or cycloalkyl ; Q, is : wherein: R13, R14, R15, R16 and Rl7 are each independently H, halogen, CN, NR8Rg, COORIO, SRIo, straight chain or branched Cl 6 alkyl, C26 alkenyl, 2-6 alkynyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, alkylaryl, arylalkyl or heteroaryl, wherein each of

said alkoxycarbonyl, straight chain or branched Cl 6 alkyl, C26 alkenyl, 2-6 alkynyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, alkylaryl, arylalkyl or heteroaryl groups can be optionally substituted with up to four substituents in any position selected from NO2, ORIon NR8Rg, halogen, -C (p) 3, or-0-C (p) 3 where p is halogen, and said cycloalkyl, aryl, alkylaryl, arylalkyl or heteroaryl groups can alternatively or additionally be optionally substituted with up to four alkyl substituents in any position; L2 is-O-Q2 wherein Q2 is straight chain or branched Cl 6 alkyl, C26 alkenyl, 2-6 alkynyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, alkylaryl, arylalkyl, wherein each of said cycloalkyl, aryl, alkylaryl, or arylalkyl groups can be optionally substituted with up to four substituents in any position selected from NO2, OR7, halogen,-C03, or-0-C (p) 3 where p is halogen, or an aliphatic or aromatic heterocycle, and said cycloalkyl, aryl, alkylaryl, and arylalkyl groups can alternatively or additionally be optionally substituted with up to four alkyl substituents in any position; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt.

[0012] These and other aspects of the invention disclosed herein will be set forth in greater detail as the patent disclosure proceeds.

BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE DRAWINGS [0013] In the following figures, bold typeface indicates the location of the mutation in the non- endogenous, constitutively activated receptor relative to the corresponding endogenous receptor.

[0014] Figure 1 shows a generalized structure of a G protein-coupled receptor with the numbers assigned to the transmembrane helices, the intracellular loops, and the extracellular loops.

[0015] Figure 2 schematically shows the active and inactive states for a typical G protein- coupled receptor and the linkage of the active state to the second messenger transduction pathway.

[0016] Figure 3a provides the nucleic acid sequence of the endogenous human 5-HTzA receptor (SEQ. ID. NO. : 22).

[0017] Figure 3b provides the corresponding amino acid sequence of the endogenous human 5-HT2A receptor (SEQ. ID. NO. : 23).

[0018] Figure 4a provides the nucleic acid sequence of the endogenous human 5-HTzc receptor (SEQ. ID. NO. : 24).

[0019] Figure 4b provides the corresponding amino acid sequence of the endogenous human 5-HTzc receptor (SEQ. ID. NO. : 25).

[0020] Figure 5a provides the nucleic acid sequence of a constitutively active form of the human 5-HT2C receptor ("AP-1 cDNA"-SEQ. ID. NO. : 26).

[0021] Figure 5b provides the corresponding amino acid sequence of the AP-1 cDNA ("AP- 1"-SEQ. ID. NO. : 27).

[0022] Figure 6a provides the nucleic acid sequence of a constitutively active form of the human 5-HTzA receptor whereby the IC3 portion and the cytoplasmic-tail portion of the endogenous 5-HT2A receptor have been replaced with the IC3 portion and the cytoplasmic-tail portion of the human 5-HT2c receptor ("AP-3 cDNA"-SEQ. ID. NO. : 28).

[0023] Figure 6b provides the corresponding amino acid sequence of the AP-3 cDNA ("AP- 3"-SEQ. ID. NO. : 29).

[0024] Figure 6c provides a schematic representation of AP-3, where the dashed-lines represent the portion obtained from the human 5-HT2C receptor.

[0025] Figure 7a provides the nucleic acid sequence of a constitutively active form of the human 5-HT2A receptor whereby (1) the region of the between the proline of TM5 and the proline of TM6 of the endogenous human 5-HT2A receptor has been replaced with the corresponding region of the human 5-HT2c receptor (including a S310K point mutation); and (2) the cytoplasmic-tail portion of the endogenous 5-HT2A receptor has been replaced with the cytoplasmic-tail portion of the endogenous human 5-HTzc receptor ("AP-4 cDNA"-SEQ. ID. NO. : 30).

[0026] Figure 7b provides the corresponding amino acid sequence of the API DNA ("AP- 4"-SEQ. ID. NO. : 31).

[0027] Figure 7c provides a schematic representation of the mutated 5-HT2A receptor of Figure 7b where the dashed-lines represent the portion obtained from the human 5-HT2c receptor.

[0028] Figure 8 is a representation of the preferred vector, pCMV, used herein.

[0029] Figure 9 is a diagram illustrating (1) enhanced (35S) GTPSyS binding to membranes prepared from COS cells expressing the endogenous human 5-HT2c receptor in response to serotonin, and (2) inhibition by mianserin using wheatgerm agglutinin scintillation proximity beads. The concentration of (35S) GTPγS was held constant at 0.3 nM, and the concentration of GDP was held at 1 , uM. The concentration of the membrane protein was 12. 5 µg.

[0030] Figure 10 is a diagram showing serotonin stimulation of (35S) GTP'yS binding to membranes expressing AP-1 receptors in 293T cells and the inhibition by 30, uM mianserin on WallacTM scintistrips.

[0031] Figures 11A and 11B are diagrams showing the effects of protein concentration on (35S) GTPaS binding in membranes prepared from 293T cells transfected with the endogenous human 5-HT2c receptors and AP-1 receptors compared to cells transfected with the control vector (pCMV) alone in the absence (Figure 11A) and presence (Figure 11B) of 10 uM serotonin. The radiolableled concentration of (35S) GTPyS was held constant at 0.3 nM, and the GDP concentration was held constant at 1 p. M. The assay was performed on 96-well fonnat on Wallac scintistrips.

[0032] Figure 12 provides bar-graph comparisons of inositol tris-phosphate ("IP3") production between the endogenous human 5-HT2A receptor and AP-2, a mutated form of the receptor.

[0033] Figure 13 provides bar-graph comparisons of inositol tris-phosphate ("IP3") production between the endogenous human 5-HT2A receptor and AP-4, a mutated form of the receptor.

[0034] Figure 14 provides bar graph comparisons of IP3 production between the endogenous human 5-HT2A receptor and AP-3, a mutated form of the receptor.

[0035] Figure 15 provides bar-graph comparisons of IP3 production between the endogenous human 5-HT2c receptor and AP-1.

[0036] Figures 16A-C provides representative autoradiograms showing displacement of I'25- LSD from brain sections by spiperone and Compound 1.

[0037] Figures 17A-C show in vivo response of animals to Compound 2 exposure.

DEFINITIONS [0038] The scientific literature that has evolved around receptors has adopted a number of terms to refer to ligands having various effects on receptors. For clarity and consistency, the following definitions will be used throughout this patent document. To the extent that these definitions conflict with other definitions for these terms, the following definitions shall control.

[0039] AGONISTS shall mean moieties that activate the intracellular response when they bind to the receptor, or enhance GTP binding to membranes.

[0040] AMINO ACID ABBREVIATIONS used herein are set out in TABLE 1: TABLE 1

ALANINE ALA A ARGININ ARG R ASPARAGINE ASN N ASPARTIC ACID ASP D CYSTEINE CYS C GLUTAMIC ACID GLU E GLUTAMINE GLN Q GLYCINE GLY G HISTIDINE HIS H ISOLEUCINE ILE I LEUCINE LEU L LYSINE LYS K METHIONIN MET M PHENYLALANINE PHE F PROLINE PRO P SERINE SER S THREONINE THR T TRYPTOPHAN TRP W TYROSINE TYR Y VALINE VAL V

[0041] PARTIAL AGONISTS shall mean moieties which activate the intracellular response when they bind to the receptor to a lesser degree/extent than do agonists, or enhance GTP binding to membranes to a lesser degree/extent than do agonists.

[0042] ANTAGONIST shall mean moieties that competitively bind to the receptor at the same site as the agonists but which do not activate the intracellular response initiated by the active form of the receptor, and can thereby inhibit the intracellular responses by agonists or partial agonists.

ANTAGONISTS do not diminish the baseline intracellular response in the absence of an agonist or partial agonist.

[0043] CANDIDATE COMPOUND shall mean a molecule (for example, and not limitation, a chemical compound) which is amenable to a screening technique.

[0044] COMPOSITION shall mean a material comprising at least two compounds or two components; for example, and not limitation, a Pharmaceutical Composition is a Composition.

[0045] COMPOUND EFFICACY shall mean a measurement of the ability of a compound to inhibit or stimulate receptor functionality, as opposed to receptor binding affinity.

[0046] CONSTITUTIVELY ACTIVATED RECEPTOR shall mean a receptor subject to constitutive receptor activation.

[0047] CONSTITUTIVE RECEPTOR ACTIVATION shall mean stabilization of a receptor in the active state by means other than binding of the receptor with its endogenous ligand or a chemical equivalent thereof.

[0048] CONTACT or CONTACTING shall mean bringing at least two moieties together, whether in an in vitro system or an in vivo system.

[0049] ENDOGENOUS shall mean a material that a mammal naturally produces.

ENDOGENOUS in reference to, for example and not limitation, the term"receptor"shall mean that which is naturally produced by a mammal (for example, and not limitation, a human) or a virus.

[0050] In contrast, the term NON-ENDOGENOUS in this context shall mean that which is not naturally produced by a mammal (for example, and not limitation, a human) or a virus. For example, and not limitation, a receptor which is not constitutively active in its endogenous form, but when manipulated becomes constitutively active, is most preferably referred to herein as a"non-endogenous, constitutively activated receptor."Both terms can be utilized to describe both"in vivo"and"in vitro"systems. For

example, and not a limitation, in a screening approach, the endogenous or non-endogenous receptor may be in reference to an in vitro screening system. As a further example and not limitation, where the genome of a mammal has been manipulated to include a non-endogenous constitutively activated receptor, screening of a candidate compound by means of an in vivo system is viable.

[0051] INHIBIT or INHIBITING, in relationship to the term"response"shall mean that a response is decreased or prevented in the presence of a compound as opposed to in the absence of the compound.

[0052] INVERSE AGONISTS shall mean moieties that bind the endogenous form of the receptor or to the constitutively activated form of the receptor, and which inhibit the baseline intracellular response initiated by the active form of the receptor below the normal base level of activity which is observed in the absence of agonists or partial agonists, or decrease GTP binding to membranes.

Preferably, the baseline intracellular response is inhibited in the presence of the inverse agonist by at least 30%, more preferably by at least 50%, and most preferably by at least 75%, as compared with the baseline response in the absence of the inverse agonist.

[0053] LIGAND shall mean an endogenous, naturally occurring molecule specific for an endogenous, naturally occurring receptor.

[0054] As used herein, the terms MODULATE or MODULATING shall mean to refer to an increase or decrease in the amount, quality, response or effect of a particular activity, function or molecule. For example, Compounds which modulate/capable of modulating the 5-HT2A activity include agonists, inverse agonists, antagonists, inhibitors, activators, and compounds which directly or indirectly affect regulation of the 5-HTzA activity.

[0055] PHARMACEUTICAL COMPOSITION shall mean a composition comprising at least one active ingredient, whereby the composition is amenable to investigation for a specified, efficacious outcome in a mammal (for example, and not limitation, a human). Those of ordinary skill in the art will understand and appreciate the techniques appropriate for determining whether an active ingredient has a desired efficacious outcome based upon the needs of the artisan.

[0056] STIMULATE or STIMULATING, in relationship to the term"response"shall mean that a response is increased in the presence of a compound as opposed to in the absence of the compound.

DETAILED DESCRIPTION [0057] In addition to the foregoing beneficial uses for the modulators of 5-HT2A receptor activity disclosed herein, the compounds disclosed herein are believed to be useful in the treatment of several additional diseases and disorders, and in the amelioration of symptoms thereof. Without limitation, these include the following: USE OF THE COMPOUNDS OF THE INVENTION 1. Antiplatelet Therapies (5-HT2A mediated platelet aggregation): [0058] Antiplatelet agents (antiplatelets) are prescribed for a variety of conditions. For example, in coronary artery disease they are used to help prevent myocardial infarction or stroke in patients who are at risk of developing obstructive blood clots (e. g. , coronary thrombosis).

[0059] In a myocardial infarction (heart attack), the heart muscle does not receive enough oxygen-rich blood as a result of a blockage in the coronary blood vessels. If taken while an attack is in progress or immediately afterward (preferably within 30 minutes), antiplatelets can reduce the damage to the heart.

[0060] A transient ischemic attack ("TIA"or"mini-stroke") is a brief imterruption of oxygen flow to the brain due to decreased blood flow through arteries, usually due to an obstructing blood clot. Antiplatelet drugs have been found to be effective in preventing TIAs.

[0061] Angina is a temporary and often recurring chest pain, pressure or discomfort caused by inadequate oxygen-rich blood flow (ischemia) to some parts of the heart. In patients with angina, antiplatelet therapy can reduce the effects of angina and the risk of myocardial infarction.

[0062] Stroke is an event in which the brain does not receive enough oxygen-rich blood, usually due to blockage of a cerebral blood vessel by a blood clot. In high-risk patients, taking antiplatelets regularly has been found to prevent the formation blood clots that cause first or second strokes.

[0063] Angioplasty is a catheter based technique used to open arteries obstructed by a blood clot. Whether or not stenting is performed immediately after this procedure to keep the artery open, antiplatelets can reduce the risk of forming additional blood clots following the procedure (s).

[0064] Coronary bypass surgery is a surgical procedure in which an artery or vein is taken from elsewhere in the body and grafted to a blocked coronary artery, rerouting blood around the blockage and through the newly attached vessel. After the procedure, antiplatelets can reduce the risk of secondary blood clots.

[0065] Atrial fibrillation is the most common type of sustained irregular heart rhythm (arrythmia). Atrial fibrillation affects about two million Americans every year. In atrial fibrillation, the atria (the heart's upper chambers) rapidly fire electrical signals that cause them to quiver rather than contract normally. The result is an abnormally fast and highly irregular heartbeat. When given after an episode of atrial fibrillation, antiplatelets can reduce the risk of blood clots forming in the heart and traveling to the brain (embolism).

[0066] 5-HT2A receptors are expressed on smooth muscle of blood vessels and 5-HT secreted by activated platelets causes vasoconstriction as well as activation of additional platelets during clotting. There is evidence that a 5-HT2A inverse agonist will inhibit platelet aggregation and thus be a potential treatment as an antiplatelet therapy. See Satimura, K, et al. , Clin Cardiol 2002 Jan. 25 (1): 28-32; and Wilson, H. C et al. , Thromb Haemost 1991 Sep 2; 66 (3): 355-60.

[0067] The 5-HT2A inverse agonists disclosed herein provide beneficial improvement in microcirculation to patients in need of antiplatelet therapy by antagonizing the vasoconstrictive products of the aggregating platelets in, for example and not limitation, the indications described above. Accordingly, in some embodiments, the present invention provides methods for reducing platelet aggregation in a patient in need thereof comprising administering to said patient a composition comprising a 5-HT2A inverse agonist disclosed herein. In further embodiments, the present invention provides methods for treating coronary artery disease, myocardial infarction, transient ischemic attack, angina, stroke, atrial fibrillation, or a symptom of any of the foregoing in a patient in need of said treatment, comprising administering to said patient a composition comprising a 5-HTzA inverse agonist disclosed herein.

[0068] In further embodiments, the present invention provides methods for reducing risk of blood clot formation in a angioplasty or coronary bypass surgery patient, or a patient suffering from atrial fibrillation, comprising administering to a said patient a composition comprising a 5-HT2A inverse agonist disclosed herein at a time where such risk exists.

2. Asthma [0069] It has been suggested that 5-HT (5-hydroxytryptamine) plays a role in the pathophysiology of acute asthma. See Cazzola, M. and Matera, M. G. , TIPS, 2000,21, 13; and De

Bie, J. J. et al. , British J. Pharm. , 1998,124, 857-864. The compounds of the present invention disclosed herein are useful in the treatment of asthma, and the treatment of the symptoms thereof.

Accordingly, in some embodiments, the present invention provides methods for treating asthma in a patient in need of said treatment, comprising administering to said patient a composition comprising a 5-HT2A inverse agonist disclosed herein. In further embodiments, methods are provided for treating a symptom of asthma in a patient in need of said treatment, comprising administering to said patient a composition comprising a 5-HT2A inverse agonist disclosed herein.

3. Agitation [0070] Agitation is a well-recognized behavioral syndrome with a range of symptoms, including hostility, extreme excitement, poor impulse control, tension and uncooperativeness (See Cohen-Mansfield J, and Billig, N. , (1986), Agitated Behaviors in the Elderly. I. A Conceptual Review. J Am Geriatr Soc 34 (10): 711-721).

[0071] Agitation is a common occurrence in the elderly and often associated with dementia such as those caused by Alzheimer's disease, Lewy Body, Parkinson's, and Huntington's, which are degenerative diseases of the nervous system and by diseases that affect blood vessels, such as stroke, or multi-infarct dementia, which is caused by multiple strokes in the brain can also induce dementia.

Alzheimer's disease accounts for approximately 50 to 70% of all dementias (See Koss E, et al., (1997), Assessing patterns of agitation in Alzheimer's disease patients with the Cohen-Mansfield Agitation Inventory. The Alzheimer's Disease Cooperative Study. Alzheimer Dis Assoc Disord ll (suppl 2) : S45-S50).

[0072] An estimated five percent of people aged 65 and older and up to 20 percent of those aged 80 and older are affected by dementia. Of these sufferers, nearly half exhibit behavioral disturbances, such as agitation, wandering and violent outbursts.

[0073] Agitated behaviors can also be manifested in cognitively intact elderly people and by those with psychiatric disorders other than dementia [0074] Agitation is often treated with antipsychotic medications such as haloperidol in nursing home and other assisted care settings. There is emerging evidence that agents acting at the 5- HT2A receptors in the brain have the effects of reducing agitation in patients, including Alzheimer's dementia (See Katz, I. R. , et al. , J Clin Psychiatry 1999 Feb. , 60 (2): 107-115; and Street, J. S. , et al., Arch Gen Psychiatry 2000 Oct. , 57 (10): 968-976).

[0075] The compounds of the invention disclosed herein are useful for treating agitation and symptoms thereof. Thus, in some embodiments, the present invention provides methods for treating agitation in a patient in need of such treatment comprising administering to said patient a composition comprising a 5-HT2A inverse agonist disclosed herein. In some embodiments, the agitation is due to a psychiatric disorder other than dementia. In some embodiments, the present invention provides methods for treatment of agitation or a symptom thereof in a patient suffering from dementia comprising administering to said patient a composition comprising a 5-HT2A inverse agonist disclosed herein. In some embodiments of such methods, the dementia is due to a degenerative disease of the nervous system, for example and without limitation, Alzheimers disease, Lewy Body, Parkinson's disease, and Huntington's disease, or dementia due to diseases that affect blood vessels, including with out limitation stroke and multi-infarct dementia. In some embodiments, methods are provided for treating agitation or a symptom thereof in a patient in need of such treatment, where the patient is a cognitively intact elderly patient, comprising administering to said patient a composition comprising a 5-HT2A inverse agonist disclosed herein.

4. Add-on therapy to Haloperidol in the treatment of schizophrenia and other disorders: [0076] Schizophrenia is a psychopathic disorder of unknown origin, which usually appears for the first time in early adulthood and is marked by a number of characteristics, psychotic symptoms, progression, phasic development and deterioration in social behavior and professional capability in the region below the highest level ever attained. Characteristic psychotic symptoms are disorders of thought content (multiple, fragmentary, incoherent, implausible or simply delusional contents or ideas of persecution) and of mentality (loss of association, flight of imagination, incoherence up to incomprehensibility), as well as disorders of perceptibility (hallucinations), of emotions (superficial or inadequate emotions), of self-perception, of intentions and impulses, of interhuman relationships, and finally psychomotoric disorders (such as catatonia). Other symptoms are also associated with this disorder. (See, American Statistical and Diagnostic Handbook).

[0077] Haloperidol (Haldol) is a potent dopamine D2 receptor antagonist. It is widely prescribed for acute schizophrenic symptoms, and is very effective for the positive symptoms of schizophrenia. However, Haldol is not effective for the negative symptoms of schizophrenia and may actually induce negative symptoms as well as cognitive dysfunction. In accordance with some methods of the invention, adding a 5-HT2A inverse agonist concomitantly with Haldol will provide benefits including the ability to use a lower dose of Haldol without losing its effects on positive symptoms, while reducing or eliminating its inductive effects on negative symptoms, and prolonging relapse to the patient's next schizophrenic event.

[0078] Haloperidol is used for treatment of a variety of behavioral disorders, drug induced psychosis, excitative psychosis, Gilles de la Tourette's syndrome, manic disorders, psychosis (organic and NOS), psychotic disorder, psychosis, schizophrenia (acute, chronic and NOS). Further uses include in the treatment of infantile autism, huntington's chorea, and nausea and vomiting from chemotherapy and chemotherapeutic antibodies. Administration of 5-HT2A inverse agonists disclosed herein with haloperidol also will provide benefits in these indications.

[0079] In some embodiments, the present invention provides methods for treating a behavioral disorder, drug induced psychosis, excitative psychosis, Gilles de la Tourette's syndrome, manic disorders, psychosis (organic and NOS), psychotic disorder, psychosis, schizophrenia (acute, chronic and NOS) comprising administering to said patient a dopamine D2 receptor antagonist and a 5-HT2A inverse agonist disclosed herein.

[0080] In some embodiments, the present invention provides methods for treating a behavioral disorder, drug induced psychosis, excitative psychosis, Gilles de la Tourette's syndrome, manic disorders, psychosis (organic and NOS), psychotic disorder, psychosis, schizophrenia (acute, chronic and NOS) comprising administering to said patient haloperidol and a 5-HT2A inverse agonist disclosed herein.

[0081] In some embodiments, the present invention provides methods for treating infantile autism, huntington's chorea, or nausea and vomiting from chemotherapy or chemotherapeutic antibodies comprising administering to said patient a dopamine D2 receptor antagonist and a 5-HT2A inverse agonist disclosed herein.

[0082] In some embodiments, the present invention provides methods for treating infantile autism, huntington's chorea, or nausea and vomiting from chemotherapy or chemotherapeutic antibodies comprising administering to said patient haloperidol and a 5-HT2A inverse agonist disclosed herein.

[0083] In further embodiments, the present invention provides methods for treating schizophrenia in a patient in need of said treatment comprising administering to said patient a dopamine D2 receptor antagonist and a 5-HT2A inverse agonist disclosed herein. Preferably, the dopamine D2 receptor antagonist is haloperidol.

[0084] The administration of the dopamine D2 receptor antagonist can be concomitant with administration of the 5-HT2A inverse agonist, or they can be administered at different times. Those of skill in the art will easily be able to determine appropriate dosing regimes for the most efficacious

reduction or elimination of deleterions haloperidol effects. In some embodiments, haloperidol and the 5-HT2A inverse agonist are administered in a single dosage form, and in other embodiments, they are administered in separate dosage forms.

[0085] The present invention further provides methods of alleviating negative symptoms of schizophrenia induced by the administration of haloperidol to a patient suffering from said schizophrenia, comprising administering to said patient a 5-HT2A inverse agonist as disclosed herein.

PARTICULARLY PREFERRED MUTATIONS [0086] For convenience, the sequence information regarding the non-endogenous, constitutively active human 5-HT2A and 5-HT2C receptors are referred to by identifiers as set forth in TABLE 2: TABLE2 IDENTIFIER RECEPTOR SEQ. ID. NO. : FIGURE AP-1 cDNA 5-HT2c 28 5a AP-1 5-HT2c 29 5b AP-3 cDNA 5-HT2A 30 6a AP-3 5-HT2A 31 6b AP-4cDNA 5-HT2A 32 7a AP-4 5-HT2A 33 7b As will be discussed in greater detail below, a mutation analogous to that reported by Casey (C322K) was utilized in the human 5-HT2A receptor and is referred to herein as AP-2. However, AP-2 did not lead to sufficient constitutive activation to allow for utilization in screening techniques.

INTRODUCTION [0087] While it is sometimes possible to make predictions as to the effect of nucleic acid manipulation from one species to another, this is not always the case. The results reported by Casey suggest that a point mutation in the rat 5-HT2A receptor evidences constitutive activation of the mutated receptor. Casey reports that the C322K mutation was approximately four fold more active than the native rat 5-HT2A receptor. However, for purposes of a most preferred use, i. e. , screening of candidate compounds, this corresponding mutation in the human 5-HTzA receptor had little

discernable effect in evidencing constitutive activation of the human receptor. This, of course, creates the reasonable conclusion that the information reported in Herrick-Davis 1 or Herrick-Davis 2 is of limited predictive value relative to the manipulation of the human 5-HT2c receptor. Consequently, the ability to make reasonable predictions about the effects of mutations to the rat 5-HT receptors vis-a- vis the corresponding human receptors is not possible. Nonetheless, this unfortunate lack of reasonable predictability provides the opportunity for others to discover mutations to the human 5-HT receptors that provide evidence of constitutive activation.

[0088] Therefore, the present invention is based upon the desire of defining mutated sequences of the human serotonin receptors 5-HT2A and 5-HT2c whereby such mutated versions of the expressed receptor are constitutively active. These constitutively active receptors allow for, inter alia, screening candidate compounds.

[0089] What has been discovered and disclosed herein is that substantial activation of the human 5-HT2A receptor can be obtained by"domain swapping, "i. e. , by switching the third intracellular domain of the 5-HT2A receptor with the third intracellular domain of the 5-HTzc receptor.

Additionally, swapping the cytoplasmic tail of the two receptors further increases the IP3 response.

Furthermore, mutation of the serine at position 310 to lysine (S310K) of the human 5-HT2C receptor leads to constitutive activation.

[0090] What follows is a most preferred approach to identification of candidate compounds; those in the art will readily appreciate that the particular order of screening approaches, and/or whether or not to utilize certain of these approaches, is a matter of choice. Thus, the order presented below, set for presentational efficiency and for indication of the most preferred approach utilized in screening candidate compounds, is not intended, nor is to be construed, as a limitation on the disclosure, or any claims to follow.

GENERIC G PROTEIN-COUPLED RECEPTOR SCREENING ASSAY TECHNIQUES [0091] When a G protein receptor becomes constitutively active, it binds to a G protein (Gq, Gs, Gi, Go) and stimulates the binding of GTP to the G protein. The G protein then acts as a GTPase and slowly hydrolyzes the GTP to GDP, whereby the receptor, under normal conditions, becomes deactivated. However, constitutively activated receptors continue to exchange GDP to GTP. A non- hydrolyzable analog of GTP, (35S) GTPyS, can be used to monitor enhanced binding to membranes which express constitutively activated receptors. It is reported that (35S) GTPyS can be used to monitor G protein coupling to membranes in the absence and presence of ligand. An example of this monitoring, among

other examples well-known and available to those in the art, was reported by Traynor and Nahorski in 1995. The preferred use of this assay system is for initial screening of candidate compounds because the system is generically applicable to all G protein-coupled receptors regardless of the particular G protein that interacts with the intracellular domain of the receptor..

CONFIRMATION OF G PROTEIN-COUPLED RECEPTOR SITE SCREENING ASSAY TECHNIQUES [0092] Once candidate compounds are identified using the"generic"G protein-coupled receptor assay (i. e. an assay to select compounds that are agonists, partial agonists, or inverse agonists), further screening to confirm that the compounds have interacted at the receptor site is preferred. For example, a compound identified by the"generic"assay may not bind to the receptor, but may instead merely"uncouple"the G protein from the intracellular domain. Thus, by further screening those candidate compounds, which have been identified using a"generic"assay in an agonist and/or antagonist competitive binding assay, further refinement in the selection process is provided.

[0093] Lysergic acid diethylamide (LSD) is a well-known agonist of the 5-HT2A and 5-HT2c receptors, while mesulergine is a well-known antagonist to the 5-HTzc receptor. Accordingly, in most preferred embodiments, an agonist (LSD) and/or antagonist (mesulergine) competitive binding assay (s) is used to further screen those compounds selected from the"generic"assay for confirmation of serotonin receptor binding.

SPECIFIED G PROTEIN ASSAY TECHNIQUES [0094] The art-accepted physiologically mediated pathway for the human 5-HT2A and 5- HT2c receptors is via Gq. Intracellular accumulation of IP3 can be used to confirm constitutive activation of these types of Gq coupled receptors (see Herrick-Davis-1). As a result,"IP3 accumulation"assays can be used to further screen those compounds selected from an agonist and/or antagonist competitive binding assay..

PHARMACEUTICAL COMPOSITIONS [0095] Candidate compounds selected for further development can be formulated into pharmaceutical compositions using techniques well known to those in the art. Suitable pharmaceutically-

acceptable carriers are available to those in the art; for example, see Remington's Pharmaceutical Sciences, 16"'Edition, 1980, Mack Publishing Co. , (Oslo et al. , eds.).

EXAMPLES [0096] The following examples are presented for purposes of elucidation, and not limitation, of the present invention. While specific nucleic acid and amino acid sequences are disclosed herein, those of ordinary skill in the art are credited with the ability to make minor modifications to these sequences while achieving the same or substantially similar results reported below. It is intended that equivalent, non-endogenous, constitutively activated human serotonin receptor sequences include those having eighty-five percent (85%) homology, more preferably having ninety percent (90%) homology, and most preferably having ninety-five percent (95%) homology to the disclosed and claimed sequences all fall within the scope of any claims appended hereto.

EXAMPLE 1 GENERATION OF NON-ENDOGENOUS, CONSTITUTIVELY ACTIVATED HUMAN SEROTONIN RECEPTORS 5-HT2c AND 5-HT2A A. Construction of constitutively active 5-HT2c receptor cDNA 1. Endogenous Human 5-HT2c [0097] The cDNA encoding endogenous human 5-HTzc receptor was obtained from human brain poly-A+ RNA by RT-PCR. The 5'and 3'primers were derived from the 5'and 3'untranslated regions and contained the following sequences:.

5'-GACCTCGAGGTTGCTTAAGACTGAAGCA-3' (SEQ. ID. NO.: 1) 5'-ATTTCTAGACATATGTAGCTTGTACCGT-3' (SEQ. ID. NO. : 2) PCR was performed using either TaqPlusTM precision polymerase (Stratagene) or rTth polymerase (Perkin Elmer) with the buffer systems provided by the manufacturers, 0. 25 aM of each primer, and 0.2 mM of each of the four (4) nucleotides. The cycle condition was 30 cycles of 94°C for 1 minute, 57 °C for 1 minute and 72 °C for 2 minutes. The 1.5 kb PCR fragment was digested with Xho I and Xba I and subcloned into the Sal I-Xba I site of pBluescript.

[0098] The derived cDNA clones were fully sequenced and found to correspond to published sequences.

2. AP-1 cDNA [0099] The cDNA containing a S310K mutation (AP-1 cDNA) in the third intracellular loop. of the human 5-HTzc receptor was constructed by replacing the Sty I restriction fragment containing amino acid 310 with synthetic double stranded oligonucleotides encoding the desired mutation. The sense strand sequence utilized had the following sequence: 5'-CTAGGGGCACCATGCAGGCTATCAACAATGAAAGAAAAGCTAAGAAAGTC-3' (SEQ. ID NO. : 3) and the antisense strand sequence utilized had the following sequence: 5'-CAAGGACTTTCTTAGCTTTTCTTTCATTGTTGATAGCCTGCATGGTGCCC-3' (SEQ. ID. NO. : 4).

B. Construction of constitutively active 5-HT2A receptor cDNA 1. Endogenous Human 5-HT2A [0100] The cDNA encoding endogenous human 5-HT2A receptor was obtained by RT-PCR using human brain poly-A RNA ; a 5'primer from the 5'untranslated region with a Xho I restriction site: 5'-GACCTCGAGTCCTTCTACACCTCATC-3' (SEQ. ID. NO. : 5) and a 3'primer from the 3'untranslated region containing an Xba I site: 5'-TGCTCTAGATTCCAGATAGGTGAAAA CTTG-3' (SEQ. ID. NO. : 6).

PCR was performed using either TaqPlus precision polymerase (Stratagene) or rttlfrm polymerase (Perkin Elmer) with the buffer systems provided by the manufacturers, 0.25 uM of each primer, and 0.2 mM of each of the four (4) nucleotides. The cycle condition was 30 cycles of 94°C for 1 minute, 57 °C for 1 minute, and 72 °C for 2 minutes. The 1.5 kb PCR fragment was digested with Xba I and subcloned into the Eco RV-Xba I site of pBluescript.

[0101] The resulting cDNA clones were fully sequenced and found to encode two amino acid changes from the published sequences. The first change is a T25N mutation in the N-terminal extracellular domain and the second change is an H452Y mutation. These mutations are likely to represent sequence polymorphisms rather than PCR errors since the cDNA clones having the same two mutations were derived from two independent PCR procedures using Taq polymerase from two different commercial sources (TaqPlus Stratagene and rTth Perkin Elmer).

2. Human 5-HT2A (C322K; AP-2) [0102] The cDNA containing the point mutation C322K in the third intracellular loop was constructed by using the Sph I restriction enzyme site, which encompasses amino acid 322. For the PCR procedure, a primer containing the C322K mutation:

5'-CAAAGAAAGTACTGGGCATCGTCTTCTTCCT-3' (SEQ. ID. NO. : 7) was used along with the primer from the 3'untranslated region set forth above as SEQ. ID. NO. : 6.

The resulting PCR fragment was then used to replace the 3'end of the wild type 5-HT2A cDNA by the T4 polymerase blunted Sph I site. PCR was performed using pfu polymerase (Stratagene) with the buffer system provided by the manufacturer and 10% DMSO, 0.25 mM of each primer, 0. 5mM of each of the 4 nucleotides. The cycle conditions were 25 cycles of 94°C for 1 minute, 60°C for 1 minute, and 72°C for 1 minute.

3. AP-3 cDNA [0103] The human 5-HT2A cDNA with intracellular loop 3 (IC3) or IC3 and cytoplasmic tail replaced by the corresponding human 5-HTzc cDNA was constructed using PCR-based mutagenesis.

(a) Replacement of IC3 Loop [0104] The IC3 loop of human 5-HT2A cDNA was first replaced with the corresponding human 5-HTzc cDNA. Two separate PCR procedures were performed to generate the two fragments, Fragment A and Fragment B, that fuse the 5-HT2c IC3 loop to the transmembrane 6 (TM6) of 5-HT2A.

The 237 bp PCR fragment, Fragment A, containing 5-HT2c IC3 and the initial 13 bp of 5-HT2A TM6 was amplified by using the following primers: 5'-CCGCTCGAGTACTGCGCCGACAAGCTTTGAT-3' (SEQ. ID. NO. : 8) 5'-CGATGCCCAGCACTTTCGAAGCTTTTCTTTCATTGTTG-3' (SEQ. ID. NO. : 9) The template used was human 5-HT2C cDNA.

[0105] The 529 bp PCR fragment, Fragment B, containing the C-tenninal 13 bp of IC3 from 5-HT2C and the C-terminal of 5-HT2A starting at beginning of TM6, was amplified by using the following primers: 5'-AAAAGCTTCGAAAGTGCTGGGCATCGTCTTCTTCCT-3' (SEQ. ID. NO.: 10) 5'-TGCTCTAGATTCCAGATAGGTGAAAACTTG-3' (SEQ. ID. NO.: 11) The template used was human 5-HT2A cDNA.

[0106] Second round PCR was performed using Fragment A and Fragment B as co-templates with SEQ. ID. NO. : 8 and SEQ. ID. NO. : Il (it is noted that the sequences for SEQ. ID. NOS.: 6 and 11 are the same) as primers. The resulting 740 bp PCR fragment, Fragment C, contained the IC3 loop of human 5-HT2C fused to TM6 through the end of the cytoplasmic tail of human 5-HT2A. PCR was performed using pfuTM polymerase (Stratagene) with the buffer system provided by the manufacturer, and 10% DMSO, 0.25 mM of each primer, and 0.5 mM of each of the four (4) nucleotides. The cycle conditions were 25 cycles of 94 °C for 1 minute, 57 °C (lst round PCR) or 60 °C (2nd round PCR) for 1 minute, and 72 °C for 1 minute (lst round PCR) or 90 seconds (2nd round PCR).

[0107] To generate a PCR fragment containing a fusion junction between the human 5-HT2A TM5 and the IC3 loop of 5-HT2C, four (4) primers were used. The two external primers, derived from human 5-HT2A, had the following sequences: 5'-CGTGTCTCTCCTTACTTCA-3' (SEQ. ID. NO. : 12) [0108] The other primer used was SEQ. D. NO. : 6 (see note above regarding SEQ. BD. NOS.: 6 and 11). The first internal primer utilized was an antisense strand containing the initial 13 bp of IC3 of 5-HT2c followed by the terminal 23 bp derived from TM5 of 5-HT2A : 5'-TCGGCGCAGTACTTTGATAGTTAGAAAGTAGGTGAT-3' (SEQ. ID. NO. : 13) [0109] The second internal primer was a sense strand containing the terminal 14 bp derived from TM5 of 5-HT2A followed by the initial 24 bp derived from IC3 of 5-HT2c : 5'-TTCTAACTATCAAAGTACTGCGCCGACAAGCTTTGATG-3' (SEQ. ID. NO. : 14).

[0110] PCR was performed using endogenous human 5-HT2A and a co-template, Fragment C, in a 50 ml reaction volume containing 1X pfu buffer, 10% DMSO, 0.5 mM of each of the four (4) nucleotides, 0.25 mM of each external primer (SEQ. ID. NOS.: Il and 12), 0.06 mM of each internal primer (SEQ. ID. NOS.: 13 and 14) and 1.9 units of pfu polymerase (Stratagene). The cycle conditions were 25 cycles of 94°C for 1 minute, 52°C for 1 minute, and 72 °C for 2 minutes and 10 seconds. The 1.3 kb PCR product was then gel purified and digested with Pst I and Eco RI. The resulting 1 kb PstI- Eco RI fragment was used to replace the corresponding fragment in the endogenous human 5-HT2A sequence to generate the mutant 5-HT2A sequence encoding the IC3 loop of 5-HT2c.

(b) Replacement of the cytoplasmic tail [0111] To replace the cytoplasmic tail of 5-HT2A with that of 5-HT2C, PCR was performed using a sense primer containing the C-terminal 22 bp of TM7 of endogenous human 5-HT2A followed by the initial 21 bp of the cytoplasmic tail of endogenous human 5-HT2c : 5'-TTCAGCAGTCAACCCACTAGTCTATACTCTGTTCAACAAAATT-3' (SEQ. ID. NO. : 15) The antisense primer was derived from the 3'untranslated region of endogenous human 5-HT2C : 5'-ATTTCTAGACATATGTAGCTTGTACCGT-3' (SEQ. ID. NO. : 16).

[0112] The resulting PCR fragment, Fragment D, contained the last 22 bp of endogenous human 5-HT2A TM7 fused to the cytoplasmic tail of endogenous human 5-HT2C. Second round PCR was performed using Fragment D and the co-template was endogenous human 5-HT2A that was previously digested with Acc I to avoid undesired amplification. The antisense primer used was SEQ. ID. NO. : 16 (the sequences for SEQ. ID. NOS.: 16 and 2 are the same) and the sense primer used was derived from endogenous human 5-HT2A :

5'-ATCACCTACTTTCTAACTA-3' (SEQ. m. NO. : 17).

[0113] PCR conditions were as set forth in Example lB3 (a) for the first round PCR, except that the annealing temperature was 48 °C and the extension time was 90 seconds. The resulting 710 bp PCR product was digested with Apa I and Xba I and used to replace the corresponding Apa I-Xba I fragment of either (a) endogenous human 5-HT2A, or (b) 5-HT2A with 2C IC3 to generate (a) endogenous human 5-HTzA with endogenous human 5-HT2C cytoplasmic tail and (b) AP-3, respectively.

4. AP-4 cDNA [0114] This mutant was created by replacement of the region of endogenous human 5-HT2A from amino acid 247, the middle of TM5 right after Pro246, to amino acid 337, the middle of TM6 just before Pro338, by the corresponding region of AP-1 cDNA. For convenience, the junction in TM5 is referred to as the"2A-2C junction, "and the junction in TM6 is referred to as the"2C-2A junction." [0115] Three PCR fragments containing the desired hybrid junctions were generated. The 5' fragment of 561 bp containing the 2A-2C junction in TM5 was generated by PCR using endogenous human 5-HT2A as template, SEQ. ID. NO. : 12 as the sense primer, and the antisense primer was derived from 13 bp of5-HT2c followed by 20 bp of 5-HT2A sequence: 5'-CCATAATCGTCAGGGGAATGAAAAATGACACAA-3' (SEQ. ID. NO. : 18) [0116] The middle fragment of the 323 bp contains endogenous human 5-HT2C sequence derived from the middle of TM5 to the middle of TM6, flanked by 13 bp of 5-HT2A sequences from the 2A-2C junction and the 2C-2A junction. This middle fragment was generated by using AP-1 cDNA as a template, a sense primer containing 13 bp of 5-HT2A followed by 20 bp of 5-HT2c sequences across the 2A-2C junction and having the sequence: 5'-ATTTTTCATTCCCCTGACGATTATGGTGATTAC-3' (SEQ. ID. NO. : 19); and an antisense primer containing 13 bp of 5-HT2A followed by 20 bp of5-HT2c sequences across the 2C-2A junction and having the sequence: 5'-TGATGAAGAAAGGGCACCACATGATCAGAAACA-3' (SEQ. ID. NO. : 20).

The 3'fragment of 487 bp containing the 2C-2A junction was generated by PCR using endogenous human 5-HT2A as a template and a sense primer having the following sequence from the 2C-2A junction: 5'-GATCATGTGGTGCCCTTTCTTCATCACAAACAT-3' (SEQ. ID. NO. : 21) and the antisense primer was SEQ. ID. NO. : 6 (see note above regarding SEQ. ID. NOS.: 6 and 11).

[0117] Two second round PCR reactions were performed separately to link the 5'and middle fragment (5'M PCR) and the middle and 3'fragment (M3'PCR). The 5'M PCR co-template used

was the 5'and middle PCR fragment as described above, the sense primer was SEQ. ID. NO. : 12 and the antisense primer was SEQ. ID. NO. : 20. The 5'M PCR procedure resulted in an 857 bp PCR fragment.

[0118] The M3'PCR used the middle and M3'PCR fragment described above as the co- template, SEQ. ID. NO. : 19 as the sense primer and SEQ. ID. NO. : 6 (see note above regarding SEQ. ID. NOS.: 6 and 11) as the antisense primer, and generated a 784 bp amplification product. The final round of PCR was performed using the 857 bp and 784 bp fragments from the second round PCR as the co-template, and SEQ. ID. NO. : 12 and SEQ. ID. NO. : 6 (see note above regarding SEQ. ID. NOS.: 6 and 11) as the sense and the antisense primer, respectively. The 1.32 kb amplification product from the final round of PCR was digested with Pst I and Eco RI. Then resulting 1 kb Pst I-Eco RI fragment was used to replace the corresponding fragment of the endogenous human 5-HT2A to generate mutant 5-HTzA with 5-HTzc : C310K/IC3. The Apa I-Xba fragment of AP3 was used to replace the corresponding fragment in mutant 5-HT2A with 5-HT2c : C310K/IC3 to generate AP4.

EXAMPLE 2 RECEPTOR EXPRESSION A. pCMV [0119] Although a variety of expression vectors are available to those in the art, for purposes of utilization for both the endogenous and non-endogenous receptors discussed herein, it is most preferred that the vector utilized be pCMV. This vector was deposited with the American Type Culture Collection (ATCC) on October 13,1998 (10801 University Blvd. , Manassas, VA 20110-2209 USA) under the provisions of the Budapest Treaty for the International Recognition of the Deposit of Microorganisms for the Purpose of Patent Procedure. The DNA was tested by the ATCC and determined to be viable. The ATCC has assigned the following deposit number to pCMV : ATCC #203351. See Figure 8.

B. Transfection procedure [0120] For the generic assay ( (35S) GTPyS; Example 3) and the antagonist binding assay (mesulergine; Example 4), transfection of COS-7 or 293T cells was accomplished using the following protocol.

[0121] On day one, 5X106 COS-7 cells or 1x107 293T cells per 150mm plate were plated out.

On day two, two reaction tubes were prepared (the proportions to follow for each tube are per plate): tube A was prepared by mixing 20 llg DNA (e. g., pCMV vector; pCMV vector AP-1 cDNA, etc. ) in 1.2 ml

serum free DMEM (Irvine Scientific, Irvine, CA); tube B was prepared by mixing 120 ul lipofectamine (Gibco BRL) in 1.2 ml serum free DMEM. Tubes A and B were then admixed by inversions (several times), followed by incubation at room temperature for 30-45 min. The admixture is referred to as the "transfection mixture". Plated COS-7 cells were washed with 1X PBS, followed by addition of 10 ml serum free DMEM. 2.4 ml of the transfection mixture was then added to the cells, followed by incubation for 4 hrs at 37°C/5% CO2. The transfection mixture was then removed by aspiration, followed by the addition of 25 ml of DMEM/10% Fetal Bovine Serum. Cells were then incubated at 37°C/5% CO2. After 72 hr incubation, cells were then harvested and utilized for analysis.

EXAMPLE 3 GTP MEMBRANE BINDING SCINTILLATION PROXIMITY ASSAY [0122] The advantages of using (35S) GTPyS binding to measure constitutive activation are that :' (a) (35S) GTPyS binding is generically applicable to all G protein-coupled receptors; and (b) (35S) GTPyS binding is proximal at the membrane surface, thereby making it less likely to pick-up molecules which affect the intracellular cascade. The assay utilizes the ability of G protein-coupled receptors to stimulate (35S) GTPyS binding to membranes expressing the relevant receptors. Therefore, the assay may be used to directly screen compounds at the disclosed serotonin receptors.

[0123] Figure 9 demonstrates the utility of a scintillation proximity assay to monitor the binding of (35S) GTPyS to membranes expressing, e. g., the endogenous human 5-HT2C receptor expressed in COS cells. In brief, a preferred protocol for the assay is such that the assay was incubated in 20 mM HEPES, pH 7.4, binding buffer with 0.3 nM (35S) GTPyS and 12.5 llg membrane protein and 1 uM GDP for 30 minutes. Wheatgenn agglutinin beads (25 ul ; Amersham) were then added and the mixture was incubated for another 30 minutes at room temperature. The tubes were then centrifuged at 1500 x g for 5 minutes at room temperature and then counted in a scintillation counter. As shown in FIG. 9, serotonin, which as the endogenous ligand activates the 5-HT2c receptor, stimulated (35S) GTPyS binding to the membranes in a concentration dependant manner. The stimulated binding was completely inhibited by 30 uM mianserin, a compound considered as a classical 5-HT2c antagonist, but also known as a 5-HT2c inverse agonist.

[0124] Although this assay measures agonist-induced binding of (35S) GTPyS to membranes and can be routinely used to measure constitutive activity of receptors, the present cost of wheatgerm agglutinin beads may be prohibitive. A less costly but equally applicable alternative also meets the needs of large-scale screening. Flash plates and Wallac scintistrips may be used to format a high throughput (35S) GTPyS binding assay. This technique allows one to monitor the tritiated ligand

binding to the receptor while simultaneously monitoring the efficacy via (35S) GTPyS binding. This is possible because the Wallac beta counter can switch energy windows to analyze both tritium and 35S-labeled probes.

[0125] Also, this assay may be used for detecting of other types of membrane activation events that result in receptor activation. For example, the assay may be used to monitor 32p phosphorylation of a variety of receptors (including G protein-coupled and tyrosine kinase receptors).

When the membranes are centrifuged to the bottom of the well, the bound (35S) GTPyS or the 32p phosphorylated receptor will activate the scintillant coated on the wells. Use of Scinti strips (Wallac) demonstrate this principle. Additionally, this assay may be used for measuring ligand binding to receptors using radiolabeled ligands. In a similar manner, the radiolabeled bound ligand is centrifuged to the bottom of the well and activates the scintillant. The (35S) GTPyS assay results parallel the results obtained in traditional second messenger assays of receptors.

[0126] As shown in Figure 10, serotonin stimulates the binding of (35S) GTPyS to the endogenous. human 5-HT2c receptor, while mianserin inhibits this response; furthermore, mianserin acts as a partial inverse agonist by inhibiting the basal constitutive binding of (35S) GTPyS to membranes expressing the endogenous human 5-HT2c receptor. As expected, there is no agonist response in the absence of GDP since there is no GDP present to exchange for (35S) GTPyS. Not only does this assay system demonstrate the response of the. native 5-HT2c receptor, but it also measures the constitutive activation of other receptors.

[0127] Figure 11A and Figure 11B demonstrate the enhanced binding of (35S) GTPyS to membranes prepared from 293T cells expressing the control vector alone, the native human 5-HT2c receptor or the AP-1 receptor was observed (data not shown). The total protein concentration used in the assay affects the total amount of (35S) GTPyS binding for each receptor. The c. p. m. differential between the CMV transfected and the constitutively active mutant receptor increased from approximately 1000 c. p. m at 10 ug/well to approximately 6-8000 c. p. m. at 75 llg/well protein concentration, as shown in Figure 11.

[0128] The AP-1 receptor showed the highest level of constitutive activation followed by the wild type receptor, which also showed enhanced (35S) GTPyS binding above basal. This is consistent with the ability of the endogenous human 5-HT2c receptor to accumulate intracellular IP3 in the absence of 5-HT stimulation (Example 5) and is also consistent with published data claiming that the endogenous human 5-HT2c receptor has a high natural basal activity. Therefore, the AP-1 receptor

demonstrates that constitutive activity may be measured by proximal (35S) GTP7S binding events at the membrane interface.

EXAMPLE 4 SEROTONIN RECEPTOR AGONIST/ANTAGONIST COMPETITIVE BINDING ASSAY [0129] Membranes were prepared from transfected COS-7 cells (see Example 2) by homogenization in 20 mM HEPES and 10 mM EDTA, pH 7.4 and centrifuged at 49,000 x g for 15 min. The pellet was resuspended in 20 mM HEPES and 0.1 mM EDTA, pH 7.4, homogenized for 10 sec. using a Polytron homogenizer (Brinkman) at 5000 rpm and centrifuged at 49,000 x g for 15 min.

The final pellet was resuspended in 20 mM HEPES and 10 mM MgCl2, pH 7.4, homogenized for 10 sec. using polytron homogenizer (Brinkman) at 5000 rpm.

[0130] Assays were performed in triplicate 200 RI volumes in 96 well plates. Assay buffer (20 mM HEPES and 10 mM MgCl2, pH 7.4) was used to dilute membranes, 3H-LSD, 3H-mesulergine, serotonin (used to define non-specific for LSD binding) and mianserin (used to define non-specific for mesulergine binding). Final assay concentrations consisted of 1 nM 3H-LSD or 1 nM 3H-mesulergine, 50 u. g membrane protein and 100 um serotonin or mianserin. LSD assays were incubated for 1 hr at 37° C, while mesulergine assays were incubated for 1 hr at room temperature. Assays were terminated by rapid filtration onto Wallac Filtermat Type B with ice cold binding buffer using Skatron cell harvester. The radioactivity was determined in a Wallac 1205 BetaPlate counter.

EXAMPLE 5 INTRACELLULAR IP3 ACCUMULATION ASSAY [0131] For the IP3 accumulation assay, a transfection protocol different from the protocol set forth in Example 2 was utilized. In the following example, the protocols used for days 1-3 were slightly different for the data generated for Figures 12 and 14 and for Figures 13 and 15; the protocol for day 4 was the same for all conditions.

A. COS-7 and 293 Cells [0132] On day one, COS-7 cells or 293 cells were plated onto 24 well plates, usually 1x105 cells/well or 2x105 cells/well, respectively. On day two, the cells were transfected by first mixing 0.25 ug DNA (see Example 2) in 50 p. l serum-free DMEM/well and then 2 ul lipofectamine in 50 ul serum-free DMEM/well. The solutions ("transfection media") were gently mixed and incubated for 15-30 minutes at room temperature. The cells were washed with 0.5 ml PBS and then 400 1ll of serum free media was mixed with the transfection media and added to the cells. The cells were then incubated for 3-4 hours at 37°C/5% COz. Then the transfection media was removed and replaced with

lml/well of regular growth media. On day 3, the media was removed and the cells were washed with 0.5 ml PBS. Then 0.5 ml inositol-free/serum-free media (GIBCO BRL) was added to each well with 0. 25, uCi of 3H-myo-inositoVwell and the cells were incubated for 16-18 hours overnight at 37°C/5% CO2. ProtocolA.

B. 293 Cells [0133] On day one, lx107 293 cells per 150 mm plate were plated out. On day two, two reaction tubes were prepared (the proportions to follow for each tube are per plate) : tube A was prepared by mixing 20 llg DNA (e. g., pCMV vector; pCMV vector AP-1 cDNA, etc. ) in 1.2 ml serum free DMEM (Irvine Scientific, Irvine, CA); tube B was prepared by mixing 120 ul lipofectamine (Gibco BRL) in 1.2 ml serum free DMEM. Tubes A and B were then admixed by inversions (several times), followed by incubation at room temperature for 30-45 min. The admixture is referred to as the "transfection mixture". Plated 293 cells were washed with 1XPBS, followed by addition of 10ml serum free DMEM. 2.4 ml of the transfection mixture was then added to the cells, followed by incubation for 4 hrs at 37°C/5% CO2. On day 3, cells were trypsinized and counted, followed by plating of 1x106 cells/well (poly D-lysine treated 12-well plates). Cells were permitted to adhere to the wells, followed by one wash with lxPBS. Thereafter, 0.5 IlCi 3H-inositol in lml inositol-free DMEM was added per well. Protocol B.

[0134] On day 4, the cells were washed with 0.5 ml PBS and then 0.45 ml of assay medium was added containing inositol-free/serum free media, 10 uM pargyline, 10 mM lithium chloride, or 0.4 ml of assay medium and 50 Al of lOx ketanserin (ket) to a final concentration of 10 uM. The cells were then incubated for 30 minutes at 37° C. Then the cells were washed with 0.5 ml PBS and 200 kl of fresh/ice cold stop solution (1M KOH; 18 mM Na-borate; 3.8 mM EDTA) was added/well. The solution was kept on ice for 5-10 minutes or until the cells were lysed and then neutralized by 200 RI of fresh/ice cold neutralization sol. (7.5 % HCL). The lysate was then transferred into 1.5 ml micro- centrifuge tubes and 1 ml of chloroform/methanol (1: 2) was added/tube. The solution was vortexed for 15 seconds and the upper phase was applied to a Biorad AG1-X8 anion exchange resin (100-200 mesh). The resin was washed with water and 0.9 ml of the upper phase was loaded onto the column.

The column was washed with 10 ml of 5 mM myo-inositol and 10 ml of 5 mM Na-borate/60mM Na- formate. The inositol trisphosphates were eluted into scintillation vials containing 10 ml of scintillation cocktail with 2 ml of 0.1 M formic acid/1 M ammonium formate. The columns were regenerated by washing with 10 ml of 0.1 M formic acid/3M ammonium formate and rinsed twice with dd H20 and stored at room temperature in water. Results are discussed below.

[0135] Figure 12 is an illustration of IP3 production from the human 5-HT2A receptor which was mutated using the same point mutation as set forth in Casey, which rendered the rat receptor constitutively active. The results represented in Figure 12, support the position that when the point mutation shown to activate the rat receptor is introduced into the human receptor, little activation of the receptor is obtained that would allow for appropriate screening of candidate compounds, with the response being only moderately above that of the endogenous human 5-HT2A receptor. Generally, a response of at least 2X above that of the endogenous response is preferred.

[0136] Figure 13 provides an illustration comparing IP3 production from endogenous 5-HT2A receptor and the AP4 mutation. The results illustrated in Figure 13 support the position that when the novel mutation disclosed herein is utilized, a robust response of constitutive IP3 accumulation is obtained (e. g. , over 2X that of the endogenous receptor).

[0137] Figure 14 provides an illustration of IP3 production from AP3. The results illustrated in Figure 14 support the position that when the novel mutation disclosed herein is utilized, a robust response of constitutive IP3 accumulation is obtained.

[0138] Figure 15 provides bar-graph comparisons of IP3 accumulation between endogenous human 5-HT2C receptor and AP-1. Note that the endogenous receptor has a high degree of natural constitutive activity relative to the control CMV transfected cells (i. e. , the endogenous receptor appears to be constitutively activated).

Example 6 Screening of Compounds Known to Have 5-HT2c Antagonist Activity Against Non-Endogenous, Constitutively Activated Human Serotonin Receptor: AP-1 [0139] A final concentration of 12.5 llg membranes prepared from COS7 cells (see Example 2) transiently expressing constitutively active mutant human 5-HTzc receptor AP-1 were incubated with binding buffer (20 mM HEPES, pH 7.4, 100 mM NaCl, 20 mM MgCl2-6H, O, 0.2% saponin, and 0.2 mM ascobate), GDP (1 uM) and compound in a 96-well plate format for a period of 60 minutes at ambient room temperature. Plates were then centrifuged at 4,000 rpm for 15 minutes followed by aspiration of the reaction mixture and counting for 1 minute in a Wallac MicroBeta plate scintillation counter. A series of compounds known to possess reported 5-HT2C antagonist activity were determined to be active in the (35S) GTPyS binding assay using AP-1. ICso determinations were made for these commercially available compounds (RBI, Natick, Mass. ). Results are summarized in TABLE 3. For each determination, eight concentrations of test compounds were tested in triplicate.

The negative control in these experiments consisted of AP-1 receptor without test compound addition, and the positive control consisted of 12. 5, ug/well of COS7 cell membranes expressing the CMV promoter without expressed AP-1 receptor.

TABLE 3

ICso (nM) in GTP-, y- ( 35 S) Test Compound Known Pharmacology-Assay Metergoline 5-HT2/1C antagonist 32. 0 Mesulergine 5-HT2/1C antagonist 21. 2 Methysergide 5-HT2/1C antagonist 6. 1 Methiothepin 5-HT1 antagonist 20. 4 Normethylclozapin 5-HT2/1C antagonist 21. 4 Fluoxetine 5-HT reuptake inhibitor 114. 0 Ritanserin 5-HT2/1C antagonist 19. 4 The ICso results confirm that the seven tested compounds showed antagonist activity at the AP-1 receptor.

EXAMPLE 7 SCREENING OF CANDIDATE COMPOUNDS AGAINST NON-ENDOGENOUS, CONSTITUTIVELY ACTIVATED HUMAN SEROTONIN RECEPTORS: AP-1 [0140] Approximately 5,500 candidate compounds (Tripos, Inc. , St. Louis, MO) were screened using the assay protocol of Example 3 (with AP-1 mutant receptor) for identification as inverse agonists against the receptor; for this assay, an arbitrary cut-off of at least 50% inhibition was established for identification of inverse agonists. Approximately 120 of these compounds evidenced at least 50% inhibition of (35S) GTPyS binding at 10 uM candidate compound (data not shown).

EXAMPLE 8 SCREENING OF SELECTED COMPOUNDS TO CONFIRM RECEPTOR BINDING : AP-1 [0141] The candidate compounds identified from Example 7 were then screened using the assay protocol of Example 4 (mesulergine), using the AP-1 mutant receptor. ICso (nM) values were determined ; five of the nearly 120 compounds of Example 7, were determined to have potent binding affinity for the receptor. Results are summarized in TABLE 4.

TABLE4 Candidate Compound ICso (nM) in Mesulergine Assay Compound 3 205. 0 Compound 4 46. 5 Compound 5 209. 0 Compound 6 147. 0 Compound 7 1, 810. 0

EXAMPLE 9A GENERAL SCREENING PARADIGM: SELECTION OF PRE-CLINICAL CANDIDATE LEADS [0142] The"primary"screen designed to directly identify human 5-HT2A/5-HT2C receptor inverse agonists consisted of a membrane-based GTPyS binding assay utilizing membranes prepared from COS7 cells transiently transfected with AP-1 human receptor. Candidate compounds (10LM final assay concentration) directly identified as inhibiting receptor-mediated increases in GTPyS binding by greater than 50-75% (arbitrary cut-off value) were considered active"hits". Primary assay hits were then re-tested in the same assay to confirm their inverse agonist activity. If primary assay hits were reconfirmed active (50% or greater inhibition), and therefore directly identified as, e. g. , an inverse agonist, one of two approaches were available: (a) so-called"directed libraries"could be created, i. e., additional candidate compounds were synthesized based upon the structures of the reconfirmed hits (geared towards, e. g. , improvement in the characteristics of the compounds) whereby the directed library compounds were then evaluated for the ability to compete for radioligand binding to both mutant 5-HT2C (AP-1) and endogenous 5-HT2A receptors, or (b) the reconfirmed hits were then evaluated for the ability to compete for radioligand binding to both mutant 5-HT2c (AP-1) and endogenous 5-HT2A receptors. Thus, when approach (a) was used, because these directed library candidate compounds were based upon the structures of compounds that were directly identified from the membrane-based GTPyS binding assay, the directed library compounds were not re-tested in the membrane-based GTPyS binding assay but rather were then confirmed via the radioligand binding analysis. The radioligand binding analysis tests were initially performed at 10ils test compound in triplicate and if the compound inhibited radiolabeled binding by 50% or more, the analysis was followed by eight concentration competition curves to determine Ki values. The last step in secondary assay evaluation was to determine if test compounds were capable of inhibiting AP-3 receptor-

mediated accumulation of inositol phosphates (e. g., IP3). This final assay confirms that the directly identified compounds retained inverse agonist properties.

Example 9B CONSTITUTIVELY ACTIVATED HUMAN 5-HT2c RECEPTOR (AP-1) MEDIATED FACILITATION OF GTPyS BINDING TO COS7 MEMBRANES [0143] This protocol is substantially the same as set forth above in Example 6. Primary screening assays measuring GTPyS binding to membranes prepared from COS7 cells transiently transfected with human mutated 5-HTzc receptor (AP-1) were used to directly identify inverse agonists in screening libraries (Tripos, Inc. ). Candidate compound screens were performed in a total assay volume of 200 ul using scintillant-coated Wallac Scintiskip plates. The primary assay was comprised of the following chemicals (at indicated final assay concentrations): 20 mM HEPES, pH 7.4, 100 mM NaCl, 20 mM MgClz, 0.2% saponin, 0.2 mM ascorbic acid, 1 uM GDP, 0.3 nM GTPy35S, and 12. 5 p. g of the above defined membranes. Incubations were performed for 60 minutes at ambient room temperature. The binding assay incubation was terminated by centrifugation of assay plates at 4,000 rpm for 15 minutes, followed by rapid aspiration of the reaction mixture and counting in a Wallac MicroBeta scintillation counter.

[0144] Primary screening of candidate compounds initially involved testing of 72 test compounds per assay plate (96-well plates were utilized), at a final assay concentration of 10 uM candidate compound, in single replicates. A total of sixteen wells of each plate were dedicated for an eight concentration clozapine (a confirmed 5-HT2C/2A inverse agonist) dose response curve (duplicate determinations at each concentration). Finally, a total of five assay wells of each plate were dedicated to define the negative control (AP-1 receptor expressing membranes without addition of candidate compounds) and three wells from each plate to define the positive control (membranes without AP-1 receptor).

[0145] Reconfirmation experiments involve re-testing candidate compounds in the same assay described above, except that candidate compounds were evaluated in triplicate, thus allowing evaluation of 24 compounds per 96-well assay plate. Similar to the primary assay plates, an eight concentration clozapine dose response curve (duplicate determinations at each concentration) and the same negative and positive control wells were also included within each 96-well plate.

Example 9C (1) COMPETITION STUDIES FOR DIRECTLY IDENTIFIED COMPOUNDS: MUTATED HUMAN 5-HT2c RECEPTOR (AP-1) [0146] Radioligand binding competition experiments were performed in a total assay volume of 200 1ll using standard 96-well microtiter plates. The final assay ingredients consisted of assay buffer (20 mM HEPES and 10 mM MgCl2), 1nM (3H) mesulergine, and 50 ug of membranes (COS7 with AP-1 as defined above). Nonspecific (3H) mesulergine binding was defined in the presence of 100 uM mianserin. Incubations were performed for 1 hour at 37°C. Receptor bound radioligand was resolved from free radioligand by rapid filtration of the assay mixture over a Wallac Filtermafrm Type B filter, followed by washing with ice-cold assay buffer using a Skatroifrm cell harvester.

Radioactivity was counted using a Wallac 1205 BetaPlateTM counter. Each assay plate contained five negative control wells (membranes expressing receptor and no candidate compound addition) and three positive control wells (each containing 100 uM mianserin). For one concentration tests, candidate compounds were diluted into assay buffer and screened at a final concentration of 10 uM, in triplicate. For ICSO determinations, candidate compounds were diluted in assay buffer and eight different concentrations were evaluated, in triplicate. A total of 16 wells were designated for an eight concentration mianserin dose response curve evaluation for both assays.

EXAMPLE 9C (2) COMPETITION STUDIES WILD TYPE HUMAN 5-HT2A RECEPTOR [0147] Radioligand binding competition experiments were performed in a total assay volume of 200 ul using standard 96-well microtiter plates. The final assay ingredients comprised assay buffer (20 mM HEPES and lOmM MgCl2), InM (3H) LSD, and 50 llg of the above-defined membranes (COS7 with AP-1). Nonspecific (3H) LSD binding was deEmed in the presence of 100 u. M serotonin.

Incubations were performed for 1 hour at 37° C. Receptor bound radioligand was resolved from free radioligand by rapid filtration of the assay mixture over a Wallac FiltermatTM Type B filter, followed by washing with ice-cold assay buffer using a Skatron cell harvester. Radioactivity was counted using a Wallac 1205 BetaPlateTM counter. Each assay plate contained five negative control wells (membranes expressing receptor and no candidate compound addition) and three positive control wells (containing 100 uM mianserin). For one concentration tests, candidate compounds were diluted into assay buffer and screened at a final concentration of 10 uM in triplicate. For IC50 determinations, candidate compounds were diluted in assay buffer and eight different concentrations were evaluated in triplicate. A total of 16 wells were designated for an eight concentration serotonin dose response curve evaluation for both assays.

EXAMPLE 9D RECEPTOR-MEDIATED INOSITOL PHOSPHATE ACCUMULATION [0148] Candidate compound identified in the assays of Examples 9A-9C were then evaluated for inositol phosphate accumulation, following the protocol of Example 5 (COS7 cells expressing human mutated 5-HT2A receptor, AP-3), modified as follows: tube A was prepared by mixing 16 µg DNA (e. g., pCMV vector; pCMV vector AP-1 cDNA, etc. ) in 1.0 ml serum free DMEM (Irvine Scientific, Irvine, CA) ; tube B was prepared by mixing 60'tl lipofectamine (Gibco BRL) in 1.0 ml serum free DMEM. Tubes A and B were then admixed by inversions (several times), followed by incubation at room temperature for 30 min. The admixture is referred to as the"transfection mixture". Plated 293 cells were washed with 10 ml Serum Free DMEM, followed by addition of 11 ml Serum Free DMEM. 2.0 ml of the transfection mixture was then added to the cells, followed by incubation for 5 hrs at 37° C/5% COZ.

On day 3, cells were trypsinized and counted, followed by plating of lx106 cells/well (12-well plates).

Cells were permitted to adhere to the wells for 8 hrs, followed by one wash with lxPBS. Thereafter, 0.5 , uCi 3H-inositol in lml inositol-free DMEM was added per well.

[0149] On day 4, the cells were washed with 1.5 ml PBS and then 0.9 ml of assay medium was added containing inositol-free/serum free media, 10 uM pargyline, 10 mM lithium chloride, for 5min in 37°C/5% COz followed by 100 l addition of candidate compound diluted in the same material. The cells were then incubated for 120 minutes at 37° C. Then the cells were washed with 1.5 ml PBS and 200 cl of fresh/icecold stop solution (1M KOH ; 18 mM Na-borate; 3.8 mM EDTA) was added/well. The solution was kept on ice for 5-10 minutes or until the cells were lysed and then neutralized by 200 u. l of fresh/ice cold neutralization sol. (7.5 % HCL). The lysate was then transferred into 1.5 ml micro-centrifuge tubes and 1 ml of chloroform/inethanol (1: 2) was added/tube.

The solution was vortexed for 15 seconds and the upper phase was applied to a Biorad AG1-X8 anion exchange resin (100-200 mesh). The resin was washed with water and 0.9 ml of the upper phase was loaded onto the column. The column was washed with 10 ml of 5 mM myo-inositol and 10 ml of 5 mM Na-borate/60mM Na-formate. The inositol trisphosphates were eluted into scintillation vials containing 10 ml of scintillation cocktail with 2 ml of 0.1 M formic acid/1 M ammonium formate.

The columns were regenerated by washing with 10 ml of 0.1 M formic acid/3M ammonium formate and rinsed twice with ddH20 and stored at room temperature in water.

[0150] Following this round of assaying, candidate compounds having an ICso value of less than 10 uM were considered as potential leads for the development of pharmaceutical compositions.

SCREENING CANDIDATE COMPOUNDS [0151] Following the protocols set forth above, one compound, Compound 7 (Example 8, supra) evidenced the following results as shown in TABLE 4A: TABLE 4A

GTPyS GTPyS Competitive Binding Competitive Inositol AP-1 AP-1 AP-1 Binding Phosphate Percent Percent ((3H) mesulergine) WT 5-HT2A Accumulation Compd Inhibition Inhibition ( LSD) AP-3 No. Relative To Relative To Positive Positive Control Control ICSO Value IC50 Value ICso Value (Primary) (Reconfirm) (nM) (nM) (nM) 7-1% 31% 2100 46 52 850 90

[0152] Based upon these results, structure activity analysis of the Compound 7 compound suggested that a series of derivatives of 3- (4-bromo-2-methylpyrazole-3-yl) phenylamine would exhibit similar 5-HT2A activity and selectivity. A series of derivatives of 3- (4-bromo-2- methylpyrazole-3-yl) phenylamine were synthesized. These"directed"library compounds (Tripos, Inc. ) were then analyzed in accordance with the protocols of Examples 9c (1), 9c (2) and 9d.

[0153] This series of compounds exhibits highly selective 5-HTzA activity. Accordingly, in one aspect of the invention, a series of compounds possessing 5-HT2A receptor activity that are useful as inverse agonists at such receptors is designated by the general Formula (I) :

(1) wherein: i) RI is H, halogens, NR5R6, OH or OR7, wherein R5 and R6 are independently H, or Cl 6 alkyl, or 2-6 alkenyl, or cycloalkyl, or aryl, or CH2 aryl group and each said group may be optionally substituted by up to four substituents in any position independently selected from CF3, CC13, Me, NO2,

OH, OMe, OEt, CONR8R9, NR8R9, NHCOCH3, OCF3, SMe, CORR10, SO3R8, SO2NR8R9, COMe, COEt, CO-lower alkyl, SCF3, CN, 2-6 alkenyl, H, halogens, Cl4 alkoxy, C3-6 cycloalkyl, C1-6 lakyl, and aryl wherein each of the C3-6 cycloalkyl, CI-6 alkyl, or aryl groups may be further optionally substituted by up to four substituents in any position independently selected from CF3, CC13, Me, NO2, OH, OMe, OEt, CONR8R9, NR8R9, NHCOCH3, OCF3, SMe, COORIO, SO2NR8R9, S03Rlo, COMe, COEt, CO-lower alkyl, SCF3, CN, 2-6 alkenyl, H, halogens, 1. 4 alkoxy, 3. 6 cycloalkyl, Cl. 6 alkyl, and aryl; or Rs and R6 may form part of a 5,6 or 7 membered cyclic structure which may be either saturated or unsaturated and that may contain up to four heteroatoms selected from O, N or S and said cyclic structure may be optionally substituted by up to four substituents in any position independently selected from CF3, CC13, Me, NO2, OH, OMe, OEt, OCF3, SMe, COORIO, SO2NR8R9, S03Rlo, NHCOCH3, COEt, COMe, or halogen; R8 and Rg are independently a H, or C1-6 alkyl, or C2-6 alkenyl, or cycloalkyl, or aryl, or CH2 aryl group and each said group may be optionally substituted by up to four substituents in any position independently selected from halogen, CF3, OCF3, OEt, CCl3, Me, NO2, OH, OMe, SMe, COMe, CN, COORIO, SO3R10, COEt, NHCOCH3, or aryl ; Rlo is H or Cl 6 alkyl ; R7 is H or Cl4 alkyl ; ii) R2 is H, straight chain or branched Cl 6 alkyl, C26 alkenyl, or cycloalkyl ; iii) R3 is halogen, carboxy, CN, alkoxycarbonyl, straight chain or branched Cl 6 alkyl, C2 6 alkenyl, 2-6 alkynyl, cycloalkyl, aryl or heteroaryl, wherein each of said alkoxycarbonyl, straight chain or branched Cl 6 alkyl, C26 alkenyl, 2-6 alkynyl, cycloalkyl, aryl or heteroaryl groups can be optionally substituted with up to four substituents in any position selected from OH, ORIon NRsRs, halogen, -C(p) 3, or-O-C (p) 3 where p is halogen, and said cycloalkyl, aryl or heteroaryl groups can alternatively or additionally be optionally substituted with up to four alkyl substituents in any position; iv) R4 is Cl 6 alkyl, C26 alkenyl, or cycloalkyl ; v) A is C (=O), C (=S) or SO2 ; vi) B is L1 or L2 ; Ll is:

q is 0 or 1 ; m is 0 or 1 ; n is 0 or 1 ; Rl l and R12 are each independently H, straight chain or branched Cl 6 alkyl, C26 alkenyl, or cycloalkyl ; Ql is : wherein: R13, R14, R15, R16 and Rl7 are each independently H, halogen, CN, NRgR9, COOR10, SRo, straight chain or branched Cl 6 alkyl, C26 alkenyl, 2-5 alkynyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, alkylaryl, arylalkyl or heteroaryl, wherein each of said alkoxycarbonyl, straight chain or branched Cl 6 alkyl, C26 alkenyl, 2-6 alkynyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, alkylaryl, arylalkyl or heteroaryl groups can be optionally substituted with up to four substituents in any position selected from NO2, OR, NR8R9, halogen, -C (p) 3, or-0-C (p) 3 where p is halogen, and said cycloalkyl, aryl, alkylaryl, arylalkyl or heteroaryl groups can alternatively or additionally be optionally substituted with up to four alkyl substituents in any position; L2 is-O-Q2 wherein Q2 is straight chain or branched Cl 6 alkyl, 2-6 alkenyl, 2-6 alkynyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, alkylaryl, arylalkyl, wherein each of said cycloalkyl, aryl, alkylaryl, or arylalkyl groups can be optionally substituted with up to four substituents in any position selected from NO2, OR7, halogen,-C03, or-0-C (p) 3 where p is halogen, or an aliphatic or aromatic heterocycle, and said cycloalkyl, aryl, alkylaryl, and arylalkyl groups can alternatively or additionally be optionally substituted with up to four alkyl substituents in any position; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt.

[0154] An aryl moiety can be a 5 or 6 membered aromatic heterocyclic ring (containing up to 4 hetero atoms independently selected from N, O, or S) or a 6 membered aromatic non-heterocyclic ring or a polycycle. Cl 6 alkyl moieties can be straight chain or branched; optionally substituted Cl 6

alkyl moieties can be straight chain or branched; C26 alkenyl moieties can be straight chain or branched; and optionally substituted C2-6 alkenyl moieties can be straight chain or branched.

Examples of suitable Cl 6 alkyl groups include but are not limited to methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, i-propyl, n-butyl, and t-butyl. Halogens are typically F, Cl, Br, and I. Examples of 5 or 6 membered ring moieties include, but are not restricted to, phenyl, furanyl, thienyl, imidazolyl, pyridyl, pyrrolyl, oxazolyl, isoxazolyl, triazolyl, pyrazolyl, tetrazolyl, thiazolyl and isothiazoyl. Examples of polycycle moieties include, but are not restricted to, naphthyl, benzothiazolyl, benzofuranyl, benzimidazolyl, quinolyl, isoquinolyl, indolyl, quinoxalinyl, quinazolinyl and benzothienyl.

[0155] In some embodiments of the foregoing Formula (I), compounds of Example 13, Experiments 1-43, infra, and combinations or subcombinations thereof, are included.

[0156] In some embodiments of the foregoing Formula (I), compounds of Example 13, Experiments 1-43, infra, and combinations or subcombinations thereof, are not included.

[0157] In some embodiments of the compounds of Formula (1), B is Li, q is 1, m is 0, and n is 0. In further embodiments of the compounds of Formula (1), B is Ll, q is 1, m is 1, and n is 0. In further embodiments of the compounds of Formula (1), B is LI, q is 1, m is 0, and n is 1. In further embodiments of the compounds of Formula (I), B is Li, q is 0, m is 0, and n is 0.

[0158] In some embodiments of the compounds of Formula (I), B is L2. In further embodiments of the compounds of Formula (1), A, is C (=O). In further embodiments of the compounds of Formula (1), A, is C (=S). In further embodiments of the compounds of Formula (I), A, is SO2.

[0159] In further embodiments of the compounds of Formula (I), Ri is H, Cl, F, dimethylamino, pyrrolidin-1-yl, morpholin-1-yl, 4-methylpiperazin-1-yl, OH or OCH3.

[0160] In some embodiments of the compounds of Formula (I), R3 is Cl, Br, I,-COOCH3, 2- hydroxyethyl, 2- (dimethylamino) ethyl, vinyl, ethyl, phenyl, 4-methoxyphenyl, 3-methoxyphenyl, 4- fluorophenyl, 4-trifluorometlioxyphenyl, thiophenyl, carboxy, cyclopropyl,-CCH,-CH=CH-CCH, or CN.

[0161] In some embodiments of the compounds of Formula (I), where B is Ll, q is 1, m is 0, n is 0 and A is C (=O), RI is H, Cl, F, dimethylamino, pyrrolidin-1-yl, morpholin-1-yl, 4- methylpiperazin-1-yl, OH or OCH3.

[0162] In some embodiments of the compounds of Formula (I), where B is Li, q is 1, m is 0, n is 0 and A is C (=O), R3 is Cl, Br, I,-COOCH3, 2-hydroxyethyl, 2- (dimethylamino) ethyl, vinyl, ethyl, phenyl, 4-methoxyphenyl, 3-methoxyphenyl, 4-fluorophenyl, 4-trifluoromethoxyphenyl, thiophenyl, carboxy, cyclopropyl,-CCH,-CH=CH-CCH, or CN.

[0163] In some embodiments of the compounds of Formula (I), where B is Ll, q is 1, m is 1, n is 0 and A is C (=O), R, is H, Cl, F, dimethylamino, pyrrolidin-1-yl, morpholin-1-yl, 4- methylpiperazin-1-yl, OH or OCH3.

[0164] In some embodiments of the compounds of Formula (1), where B is Ll, q is 1, m is 1, and n is 0, R3 is Cl, Br, I,-COOCH3, 2-hydroxyethyl, 2-(dimethylamino) ethyl, vinyl, ethyl, phenyl, 4- methoxyphenyl, 3-methoxyphenyl, 4-fluorophenyl, 4-trifluoromethoxyphenyl, thiophenyl, carboxy, cyclopropyl,-CCH,-CH=CH-CCH, or CN.

[0165] In some embodiments of the compounds of Formula (I), where B is Ll, q is 1, m is 0, n is 1 and A is C (=O), R, is H, Cl, F, dimethylamino, pyrrolidin-1-yl, morpholin-1-yl, 4- methylpiperazin-1-yl, OH or OCH3.

[0166] In some embodiments of the compounds of Formula (n, where B is Ll, q is 1, m is 0, and n is 1, R3 is Cl, Br, I,-COOCH3, 2-hydroxyethyl, 2- (dimethylamino) ethyl, vinyl, ethyl, phenyl, 4- methoxyphenyl, 3-methoxyphenyl, 4-fluorophenyl, 4-trifluoromethoxyphenyl, thiophenyl, carboxy, cyclopropyl,-CCH,-CH=CH-CCH, or CN.

[0167] In some of each of the foregoing embodiments of the compounds of Formula (1), R2 is H and R4 is methyl of each of the foregoing embodiments of the compounds of Formula (I), R13, Ria, Ris, Rig and Rl7 are each independently H, F, Cl, Br, CN, dimethylamino, ethoxycarbonyl, methylthio, methyl, ethyl, isopropyl, trifluoromethyl, trifluoromethoxy, methoxy, NHZ or NO2.

[0168] In some embodiments of the compounds of Formula (1), where B is Ll, q is 0, m is 0, and n is 0, A is SO2. In some of such embodiments, R2 is H and R4 is methyl. In still further such embodiments, R3 is Cl, Br, I,-COOCH3, 2-hydroxyethyl, 2- (dimethylamino) ethyl, vinyl, ethyl, phenyl, 4-methoxyphenyl, 3-methoxyphenyl, 4-fluorophenyl, 4-trifluoromethoxyphenyl, thiophenyl, carboxy, cyclopropyl,-CCH,-CH=CH-CCH, or CN.

[0169] In some embodiments of the compounds of Formula (I), B is L2. In some such embodiments, A is (C=O). In further such embodiments, R4 is methyl. In still further such embodiments, R2 is H. In further such embodiments, Ql is ethyl, 4-nitrophenyl, allyl, 4-methylphenyl, isopropyl, butyl, 2-isopropyl-5-methylcyclohexyl, benzyl, 3-bromophenyl, 4-fluorophenyl, 2-

methoxyphenyl, 2-chlorophenyl, -C (CH3) =CH, 1- (N-pyridyl) ethyl, or 9-fluoreneylmethyl. In further such embodiments, Rl is H, Cl, F, dimethylamino, pyrrolidin-1-yl, morpholin-1-yl, 4- methylpiperazin-1-yl, OH or OCH3 ; and R3 is Cl, Br, I,-COOCH3, 2-hydroxyethyl, 2- (dimethylamino) ethyl, vinyl, ethyl, phenyl, 4-methoxyphenyl, 3-methoxyphenyl, 4-fluorophenyl, 4- trifluoromethoxyphenyl, thiophenyl, carboxy, cyclopropyl,-CCH,-CH=CH-CCH, or CN.

[0170] In another aspect of the invention, a series of compounds possessing 5-HT2A receptor activity that are useful as inverse agonists at such receptors is designated by Formula (A): (A) wherein: R2 is H or lower alkyl (Cl4) ; R3 is lower alkyl (C1-6), or halogen; R4 is lower alkyl (Cl-6) ; X is either Oxygen or Sulfur; Y is NRlsRi6, or (CH2)mR17, or O (CH2) Ri7 ; <BR> <BR> <BR> m=0-4<BR> <BR> <BR> n=0-4 R15 is H or lower alkyl(C1-4) ; Rig and Rl7 are independently Cl 6 alkyl, or C2-6 alkenyl, or cycloalkyl, or aryl, or CH2 aryl group and each said group may be optionally substituted by up to four substituents in any position independently selected from CF3, CCl3, Me, NO2, OH, OMe, OEt, CONR18R19, NR18R19, NHCOCH3, OCF3, SMe, COOR20, SO3R20, SO2NR18R91, COMe, COEt, CO-lower alkyl, SCF3, CN, C26 alkenyl, H, halogens, Cl4 alkoxy, C3-6 cycloalkyl, C1-6 alkyl, and aryl ; Rig and Rig are independently a H or C1-6 alkyl, or C2-6 alkenyl, or cycloalkyl, or aryl, or CH2 aryl group and each said group may be optionally substituted by up to four substituents in any position independently selected from CF3, CC13, Me, NO2, OH, OMe, OEt, CONR2lR22, NR2lR22, NHCOCH3, OCF3, SMe, COOR23, S03R23,

SO2NR2IR22, COMe, COEt, CO-lower alkyl, SCF3, CN, 2-6 alkenyl, H, halogens, C 4 alkoxy, C36 cycloalkyl, Cl 6 alkyl, and aryl; or Rls and Ris may form part of a 5,6 or 7 membered cyclic structure which may be either saturated or unsaturated and that may contain up to four heteroatoms selected from O, N or S and said cyclic structure may be optionally substituted by up to four substituents in any position independently selected from CF3, CC13, Me, NO2, OH, OMe, OEt, OCF3, SMe, COOR23, SO2NR2IR22, S03R23, NHCOCH3, COEt, COMe, or halogen; R20 and R23 are each independently selected from H or Cl 6 alkyl ; R21 and R22 are each independently are independently a H, or Cl 6 alkyl, or C2 6 alkenyl, or cycloalkyl, or aryl, or CH2 aryl group and each said group may be optionally substituted by up to four substituents in any position independently selected from halogen, CF3, OCF3, OEt, CC13, Me, NO2, OH, OMe, SMe, COMe, CN, COOR20, SO3R20, COEt, NHCOCH3, or aryl; an aryl moiety can be a 5 or 6 membered aromatic heterocyclic ring (containing up to 4 hetero atoms independently selected from N, 0, or S) or a 6 membered aromatic non-heterocyclic ring or a polycycle; Cl 6 alkyl moieties can be straight chain or branched; optionally substituted Cl 6 alkyl moieties can be straight chain or branched; 2-6 alkenyl moieties can be straight chain or branched; and optionally substituted 2-6 alkenyl moieties can be straight chain or branched.

[0171] Examples of suitable Cl 6 alkyl groups include but are not limited to methyl, ethyl, n- propyl, i-propyl, n-butyl, and t-butyl.

[0172] Halogens are typically F, Cl, Br, and I.

[0173] Examples of 5 or 6 membered ring moieties include, but are not restricted to, phenyl, furanyl, thienyl, imidazolyl, pyridyl, pyrrolyl, oxazolyl, isoxazolyl, triazolyl, pyrazolyl, tetrazolyl, thiazolyl and isothiazoyl. Examples of polycycle moieties include, but are not restricted to, naphthyl, benzothiazolyl, benzofuranyl, benzimidazolyl, quinolyl, isoquinolyl, indolyl, quinoxalinyl, quinazolinyl and benzothienyl.

[0174] In some embodiments of the foregoing genus (A), compounds of Example 13, Experiments 1-43, infra, and combinations or subcombinations thereof, are included.

[0175] In some embodiments of the foregoing genus (A), compounds of Example 13, Experiments 1-43, infra, and combinations or subcombinations thereof, are not included. [0176] In some preferred embodiments, compounds possessing 5-HT2A receptor activity that are useful as inverse agonists at such receptors are designated by the general Formula Al :

(Al) wherein: R3 is F, Cl, Br, I, C1-6 straight chain or branched alkyl, C3-8 cycloalkyl, C4-9 alkylcycloalkyl, or C2-6 alkenyl ; XisOorS ; Y is NR15R16, or (CH2),, or 0 (CH2) nRi7 ; m is an integer between 0 and 4, inclusive; n is an integer between 0 and 4, inclusive; R4 is H, CI-8 straight chain or branched alkyl, C3-$ cycloalkyl, C4_9 alkylcycloalkyl, or C2-8 alkenyl; R2 and Ris ais each independently selected from H, Clos straight chain or branched alkyl, C3-8 cycloalkyl, C4_9 alkylcycloalkyl, or C2-8 alkenyl; R16 and Ri is each independently selected from: Cl-g straight chain or branched alkyl, C2-8 alkenyl or cycloalkyl, or alkylcycloalkyl, or aryl, or CH2aryl, wherein each moiety within said C1-8 straight chain or branched alkyl, Cz-s alkenyl or cycloalkyl, or alkylcycloalkyl, or aryl or CHzaryl may be optionally substituted by up to four substituents in any position, whereby each substituent is independently selected from : H, F, Cl, Br, I, R20, CF3, CF2R7, CF2CF2 CCl3, CCl2R7, CCl2CCl2R NR18R19, NR18COR20, NR18SO2R20, OR20, OCF3, OF2R20, COF2CF2R20, OCOR20, OSO2R20, OPO (OR20) 2, SRzo, SCF3, SCF2Rzo, SCF2CF2R2o, SCOR20, S03R20, SO2NR18R19, PO(OR20)3, PO (OR20) 2R20, NO2, CN, CNR20 (NRisRi9) ,CNR18(SR20), COOR20, COSR20, CONR18R19, with the proviso that when Rig or R17 contains an aryl ring substituted at at least two adjacent positions on said aryl ring, then said two adjacent positions can together be selected from SCH2S, SCH2CH2S, OCH2O, or OCH2CH2O to form a bi-cyclic structure ; R20 is H, CI-8 straight chain or branched alkyl, C3-8 cycloalkyl, C4g alkylcycloalkyl, C28 alkenyl, aryl or alkylaryl ;

Ris and Rig are each independently selected from H, Cl_$ straight chain or branched alkyl, C2 8 alkenyl or cycloalkyl, or alkylcycloalkyl, or aryl, or CH2aryl, wherein each moiety within said C1-8 straight chain or branched alkyl, C2-8 alkenyl or cycloalkyl, or alkylcycloalkyl, or aryl or CH2aryl may be optionally substituted by up to four substituents in any position, whereby each substituent is independently selected from: F, Cl, Br, I, CF3, CC13, CH3, C2H5, C3H7, C4H9, NH2, NHCH3, N (CH3) 2, NHCzHs, N (C2H5) 2, NHC3H7, N (C3H7)2, NHC4H9, N (C4H9) 2, NHCOH, NHCOCH3, NHCOC2H5, NHCOC3HY7, NHCOC4H9, NHSO2CH3, NHSO2C2H5, NHSO2C3H7, NHSO2C4H9, OH, OCH3, OC2H5, OC3H7, OC4H7, OC4H9, OC5H9, OC5H11, OC6H11, OC6H13, OCF3 OCOCH3, OCOC2H5, OCOC3H7, OCOC4H9, OSO2CH3, OSO2C2H5, OSO2C2H7, OS02C4H9, SH, SCH3, SC2H5, SC3H7, SC4H7, SC4H9, SCH5H9, SCSHI, SC6HII, SC6HI3, SCF3, SCOCH3, SCOC2H5, SCOC3H7, SCOC4H9, S03CH3, SO3C2H5, S03C3H7, S03C4H9, SO2NH, SO2NH2, SO2NHCH3, SO2N (CH3) 2, SO2NHC2H5, SO2N (C2H5)2, SO2NHC3H7,SO2N(C3H7)2, SO2NHC4H9, SO2N(C4H902, NO2, CN, COOCH3, COOC2H5, COOC3H7, COOC4H9, COSCH3, COSC2Hs, COSC3H7, COSC4H9, CONH2, CONHCH3, CON (CH3) 2, CONHCZHS, CON (C2Hs) 2, CONHC3H7, CON (C3H7) 2, CONHC4H9, CON (C4H9) 2, and with the proviso that when either or both of Rl8 or R19 contain an aryl ring substituted at at least two adjacent positions on said aryl ring, then said two adjacent positions can together be selected from SCH2S, SCH2CH2S, OCH20, or OCH2CH2O to form a bi-cyclic structure ; or Ris or Rig may together form part of a 5,6 or 7 membered cyclic structure, with said structure being saturated or unsaturated, and further with said structure containing up to four heteroatoms selected from 0, N or S, and further wherein each moiety within said cyclic structure being optionally substituted by up to four substituents in any position independently selected from: F, Cl, Br, I, CF3, CC13, CH3, C2H5, C3H7, C4H9, NH2, NHCH3, N (CH3) 2, NHC2Hs, N (C2H5) 2, NHC3H7, N (C3H7) 2, NHC4H9, N (C4H9) 2, NHCOH, NHCOCH3, NHCOC2Hs, NHCOC3H7, NHCOC4H9, NHSO2CH3, NHSO2C2H5, NHSO2C3H7, NHS02C4H9, OH, OCH3, OC2H5, OC3H7, OC4H7, OC4H9, OC5H9, OCsHI,, OC6Hu, OC6HI3, OCF3, OCOCH3, OCOC2H5, OCOC3H7, OCOC4H9, OSO2CH3, OSO2C2HS, OS02C3H7, OS02C4H9, SH, SCH3, SC2H5, SC3H7, SC4H7, SC4H9, SC5H9, SC5H11, SC6H11, SC6H13,, SCF3, SCOCH3, SOCO2H5, SCOC3H7, SCOC4H9, SO3CH3, SO3C2H5, SO3C3H7, SO3C4H9, SO2NH, SO2NH2, SO2NHCH3, S02N (CH3) 2, SO2NHC2H5, S02N (C2H5) 2, S02NHC3H7, S02N (C3H7) 2, S02NHC4H9, SO2N (C4H9) 2, NO2, CN, COOCH3, COOC2H5, COOC3H7, COOC4H9, COSCH3, COSC2H5, COSC3H7, COSC4H9, CONH2, CONHCH3, CON (CH3) 2, CONHC2H5, CON (C2H5)2, CONHC3H7, CON (C3H7) 2, CONHC4H9, CON (C4H9) 2, and with the proviso that wherein when Rig or Rig form an aryl ring substituted at at least two adjacent positions on said aryl ring, then said two adjacent positions can together

be selected from SCH2S, SCH2CH2S, OCH2O, or OCH2CH2O to form a bi-cyclic structure.

[0177] An aryl moiety can be a 5 or 6 membered aromatic heterocyclic ring (containing up to 4 hetero atoms independently selected from N, O, or S) or a 6 membered aromatic non-heterocyclic ring or a polycycle; Examples of suitable Cl 8 alkyl groups include but are not limited to methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, i-propyl, n-butyl, and t-butyl.

[0178] Examples of 5 or 6 membered ring moieties include, but are not restricted to, phenyl, furanyl, thienyl, imidazolyl, pyridyl, pyrrolyl, oxazolyl, isoxazolyl, triazolyl, pyrazolyl, tetrazolyl, thiazolyl, and isothiazolyl. Examples of polycycle moieties include, but are not restricted to, naphthyl, benzothiazolyl, benzofuranyl, benzimidazolyl, quinolyl, isoquinolyl, indolyl, quinoxalinyl, quinazolinyl, and benzothienyl.

[0179] In some embodiments of the foregoing genus (A), compounds of Experiments 1-43, infra, and combinations or subcombinations thereof, are included.

[0180] In some embodiments of the foregoing genus (A), compounds of Experiments 1-43, infra, and combinations or subcombinations thereof, are not included.

[0181] Preferred compounds falling within the scope of general Formula (A) as Class (1) compounds where Y = N15416 and has the Formula (A2):

wherein: XisOorS ; R4 is H or CH3 ; Rs and R20 are each independently selected from H, Cl_8 straight chain or branched alkyl, C3-8 cycloalkyl, C4 9 alkylcycloalkyl, or C28 alkenyl; R15 is H, F, Cl, Br, I, R2o, CF3, CF2R20, CF2CF2, CC13, CC12R2o, CC12CC12Rzo, NRI8Rl9, NR, 9COR2o, NR9SO2R20, ORzo, OCF3, OCF2R20, OCF2CF2R2o, OCOR20, OSO2R2o, OPO (OR20) 2,

SR20, SCF3, SCF2R20, SCF2CF2R20, SCOR20, SO3R20, SO2NR18R19, PO(OR20)3, PO(OR20)2R20, NO2, CN, CNR20 (NR18R19), CNR19(SR20) COOR20, COSR20, CONR18R19, with the proviso that when a position adjacent to Rls is substituted, then Rl5 and said adjacent position can together be selected from SCH2S, SCH2CH2S, OCH20, or OCH2CH20 to form a bi-cyclic structure; R18 and Rig are each independently selected from H, CI-8 straight chain or branched alkyl, 2-3 alkenyl or cycloalkyl, or alkylcycloalkyl, or aryl, or CH2aryl, wherein each moiety within said C1-8 straight chain or branched alkyl, 2-8 alkenyl or cycloalkyl, or alkylcycloalkyl, or aryl or CH2aryl may be optionally substituted by up to four substituents in any position, whereby each substituent is independently selected from : F, Cl, Br, I, CF3, CC13, CH3, C2H5, C3H7, C4H9, NH2, NHCH3, N (CH3) 2, NHC2H5, N (C2H5) 2, NHC3H7, N (C3H7) 2, NHC4H9, N (C4H9) 2, NHCOH, NHCOCH3, NHCOC2H5, NHCOC3H7, NHCOC4H9, NHSO2CH3, NHSO2C2H5, NHSO2C3H7, NHS02C4H9, OH, OCH3, OC2H5, OC3H7, OC4H7, OC4H9, OC5H9, OC5H11, OC6H11, OC6H13, OCF3, OCOCH3, OCOCH2H5, OCOC3H7, OCOC4H9, OSO2CH3, OSO2C2H5, OSO2C3H7, OS02C4H9, SH, SCH3, SC2H5, SC3H7, SC4H7, SC4H9, Sash9, SC5H11, SC6H11, SC6H13,, SCF3, SCOCH3, SCOC2H5, SCOC3H7, SCOC4H9, SO3CH3, SO3C2H5, S03C3H7, S03C4H9, SO2NH, SONH2, SO2NHCH3, SO2N (CH3) 2, SO2NHC2H5, SO2N (C2H5) 2, SO2NHC3H7, SO2N (C3H7) 2, S02NHC4H9, SO2N (C4H9) 2, NO2, CN, COOCH3, COOC2H5, COOC3H7, COOC4H9, COSCH3, COSC2H5, COSC3H7, COSC4H9, CONH2, CONHCH3, CON (CH3) 2, CONHC2H5, CON (C2H5) 2, CONHC3H7, CON(C3H7)2, CONHC4H9, CON (C4H9) 2, and with the proviso that when either or both of R18 or Rig contain an aryl ring substituted at at least two adjacent positions on said aryl ring, then said two adjacent positions can together be selected from SCH2S, SCH2CH2S, OCH20, or OCH2CH2O to form a bi-cyclic structure; Ri3 R14, R15, R16 and Rm each independently selected from the following : F, Cl, Br, I, CF3, CC13, CH3, C2Hs, C3H7, C4H9, NH2, NHCH3, N (CH3) 2, NHC2H5, N (C2H5) 2, NHC3H7, N (C3H7) 2, NHC4H9, N (C4H9) 2, NHCOH, NHCOCH3, NHCOC2H5, NHCOC3H7, NHCOC4H9, NHSO2CH3, NHSO2C2H5, NHSO2C3H7, NHSO2C4H9, OH, OCH3, OC2H5, OC3H7, OC4H7, OC4H9, OC5H9, OC5H11, OC6H11, OC6H13, OCF3, OCOCH3, OCOC2H5, OCOC3H7, OCOC4H9, OSO2CH3, OSO2C2H5, OSO2C3H7, OS02C4H9, SH, SCH3,K SCH5, SC3H7, SC4H7, SC4H9, SC5H9, SC5H11, SC6H11, SC6H13,, SCF3, SCOCH3, SCOC2H5, SCOC3H7, SCOC4H9, SO3CH3, SO3C2H5, SO3C3H7, S03C4H9, SO2NH, SO2NH2, SO2NHCH3, S02N (CH3) 2, SO2NHC2H5, S02N (C2H5)2, SO2NHC3H7, SO2N(C3H7)2, S02NHC4H9, SO2N (C4H9) 2, NO2, CN, COOCH3, COOC2H5, COOC3H7, COOC4H9, COSCH3, COSC2H5, COSC3H7, COSC4H9, CONH2, CONHCH3, CON (CH3) 2, CONHC2H5, CON (C2H5)2, CONHC3H7, CON (C3H7) 2, CONHC4H9, CON (C4H9) 2, and

with the proviso that when any two adjacent positions of R13, Rl4, Ris, Ri6 and Rl7are substituted, said two adjacent positions can together be further selected from SCH2S, SCH2CH2S, OCH20, or OCH2CH20 to form a bi-cyclic structure; and with the proviso that at least one of R13,R14,R15,R16 and Rl7 must be H.

[0182] In some embodiments of the foregoing genus (A), class (1), compounds of Example 13, Experiments 1-43, infra, and combinations or subcombinations thereof, are included.

[0183] In some embodiments of the foregoing genus (A), class (1), compounds of Example 13, Experiments 1-43, infra, and combinations or subcombinations thereof, are not included.

[0184] A more preferred series of compounds possessing 5-HT2A receptor activity that are useful as inverse agonists at such receptors is designated by the general Formula (B):

(B) wherein: R2 is H or lower alkyl (Cl 4) ; R3 is Me, or Et, or halogen; X is either Oxygen or Sulfur ; Y is NR15Rl6, or (CH2)mR17, or O(CH2)nR17 ; R4 is lower alkyl (C1-6); <BR> <BR> <BR> <BR> m=0-4<BR> <BR> <BR> <BR> <BR> n=0-4 Ris is H or lower alkyl (C1-4) ; Rig and Rl7 are independently C1-6 alkyl, or C2-6 alkenyl, or cycloalkyl, or aryl group and each said group may be optionally substituted by up to four substituents in any position independently selected from CF3, CC13, Me, NO2, OH, OMe, OEt, CONR18R19, NR1R19, NHCOCH3, OCF3, SMe, COOR20, SO3R20, SO2NR18RI9, COMe, COEt, CO-lower alkyl, SCF3, CN, C2-6 alkenyl, H, halogens, Cl alkoxy, C3-6 cycloalkyl, C1-6 alkyl, aryl and aryloxy

wherein each of the Cl 4 alkoxy, C36 cycloalkyl, Cl 6 alkyl, aryl and aryloxy groups may be further optionally substituted by up to four substituents in any position independently selected from CF3, CC13, Me, NO2, OH, OMe, OEt, CONR2lR22, NR21R22, NHCOCH3, OCF3, SMe, COOR23, S03R23, SO2NR2lR22, COMe, COEt, CO-lower alkyl, SCF3, CN, 2-6 alkenyl, H, halogens, C1-4 alkoxy, C3-6 cycloalkyl, C1-6alkyl, and aryl; Rig and Rl9 are independently a H or Cl 6 alkyl, or C26 alkenyl, or cycloalkyl, or aryl, or CHz aryl group and each said group may be optionally substituted by up to four substituents in any position independently selected from CF3, CC13, Me, NO2, OH, OMe, OEt, CONR21R22, NRziRz2, NHCOCH3, OCF3, SMe, COOR23, SO3R23, SOzNR2lR22, COMe, COEt, CO-lower alkyl, SCF3, CN, C2-6 alkenyl, H, halogens, C 4 alkoxy, C36 cycloalkyl, C1-6 alkyl, and aryl or Ris and Rlg may form part of a 5,6 or 7 membered cyclic structure which may be either saturated or unsaturated and that may contain up to four heteroatoms selected from O, N or S and said cyclic structure may be optionally substituted by up to four substituents in any position independently selected from CF3, CC13, Me, NO2, OH, OMe, OEt, OCF3, SMe, COOR7, SO2NR24R2s, S03R26, NHCOCH3, COEt, COMe, or halogen; R20 and R23 are each independently selected from H or Cl 6 alkyl ; R2, and R22 are each independently are independently a H, or Cl 6 alkyl, or C2 6 alkenyl, or cycloalkyl, or aryl, or CH2 aryl group and each said group may be optionally substituted by up to four substituents in any position independently selected from halogen, CF3, OCF3, OEt, CC13, Me, NO2, OH, OMe, SMe, COMe, CN, COOR20, SO3R20, COEt, NHCOCH3, or aryl; C1-6 alkyl moieties can be straight chain or branched; optionally substituted Cl 6 alkyl moieties can be straight chain or branched: 2-6 alkenyl moieties can be straight chain or branched; and optionally substituted C26 alkenyl moieties can be straight chain or branched.

[0185] Examples of suitable Cl 6 alkyl groups include but are not limited to methyl, ethyl, n- propyl, i-propyl, n-butyl, and t-butyl.

[0186] Halogens are typically F, Cl, Br, and I.

[0187] Examples of 5 or 6 membered ring moieties include, but are not restricted to, phenyl, furanyl, thienyl, imidazolyl, pyridyl, pyrrolyl, oxazolyl, isoxazolyl, triazolyl, pyrazolyl, tetrazolyl, thiazolyl and isothiazoyl. Examples of polycycle moieties include, but are not restricted to, naphthyl,

benzothiazolyl, benzofuranyl, benzimidazolyl, quinolyl, isoquinolyl, indolyl, quinoxalinyl, quinazolinyl and benzothienyl.

[0188] In some embodiments of the foregoing genus (B), compounds of Example 13, Experiments 1-43, infra, and combinations or subcombinations thereof, are included.

[0189] In some embodiments of the foregoing genus (B), compounds of Example 13, Experiments 1-43, infi » a, and combinations or subcombinations thereof, are not included.

[0190] Exemplary compounds of general Formula (A), Class (1) are set forth below. Based upon in vivo data developed (as set forth below), Compounds 8 and 9 are particularly preferred.

[0191] A first series of compounds having 5-HT2A receptor activity is represented by a class (I) of compounds of Formula (B) wherein Y=NR15R16 and is Formula (Bl) : (By wherein: Preferably R2 and Rls are H; Preferably R3 is Br; Preferably X is O ; Preferably R4 is Me.

In some embodiments of the foregoing genus (B), class. (1), compounds of Example 13, Experiments 1-43, infrA, and combinations or subcombinations thereof, are included.

[0192] In some embodiments of the foregoing genus (B), class (1), compounds of Example 13, Experiments 1-43, infra, and combinations or subcombinations thereof, are not included.

[0193] In reference to Formula (B1) Rig is preferably 4-trifluoromethoxyphenyl, 4- trifluoromethoxybenzyl, 4-chlorophenyl or 4-fluorophenyl.

[0194] Certain preferred compounds are: Compound 7 N- (3- (4-bromo-2-methylpyrazol-3-yl) phenyl) ( ( (4-trifluoromethoxy) phenyl) aminocarboxamide

Compound 10 N- (3- (4-bromo-2-methylpyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl) ( ( (4-trifluoromethoxy) phenylmethyl) Aminocarboxamide

[0195] These two compounds demonstrated the following activities using the assay protocols defined in the Examples above: TABLE 5 Compound Number Competitive Competitive Inositol Binding Binding Phosphate AP-1 WT 5-HT2A Accumulation ((3H) mesulergine) ((3H) LSD) AP-3 IC50 Value IC50 Value IC50 Value (µM) (µM) (µM) Compound 7 2.1 .046 .052 Compound 10 1.2. 45.0171

[0196] Additional compounds are set forth below. Inositol phosphate accumulation assays evidence the activity of test compounds. Both single concentration percentages of control values and ICso determinations indicate activity. In the tables below the column legends have the following meanings: IP3 % Control : The values in this column reflect an IP Accumulation Assay where the test compounds were evaluated at one concentration of 10 pLM. For these assays, the compound was diluted into inositol-free Dulbecco's Eagle Media containing 10 uM pargyline and 10 mM LiCl and tested at a final assay concentration of 10 uM, in triplicate. The percent control value was calculated based on the control in which no test compound was added.

IP3 AP-3 ICI nM : The values in this column reflect an IP accumulation assay in which the test compound was evaluated at several different concentrations whereby an ICso could be determined. This column corresponds to the column appearing in the tables above which is labeled: Inositol Phosphate Accumulation, AP-3, ICso Value (pM).

WT 5-HT_ LSD IC50 nM: The values in this column reflect a competitive binding assay using LSD. This column corresponds to the column appearing in the tables above which is labeled: Competitive Binding, WT 5-HT2A, ( (3H) LSD), IC50 Value (ils).

[0197] Compounds listed in each of the following tables reference the structures immediately preceding the table. A"dash"in the table indicates that no value was determined.

TABLE 6 Compound Name Compound _ IP3 IP3 WT 5-HT2A No. R15 Ri4 Ri3 Ri6 X U % of AP-3 LSD Control ICso nM ICso nM N- (3- (4-bromo-2-methylpyrazol-3-yl) phenyl) ( (4-methylthiophenyl) amino) carboxamide Compound 11| SCH3 | H | H | H | O | NH | 16 | 17 | 4 Compound 11 SCHs HHH 0NH16174 Compound8 | Cl | H | H | H | O | NH | 10 | 3. 2 | 11 N- (3- (4-bromo-2-methylpyrazol-3-yl) plienyl) ( (4-chlorophenyl) amino) carboxamide Compound 8ClHIIH 0NH103IT ( (3- (4 bromo-2-methylpyrazol-3-yl) phenyl)-amino)-N- (4-fluorophenyl) carboxamide Compound 9FHHH 0NHTlI7 ( (3- (4-bromo-2-methylpyrazol-3-yl) phenyl)-aniino)-N- (2- (trifluoromethoxy) phenyl) carboxamide Compound 12HH CO H 0NH11I200 ( (3- (4-bromo-2-methylpyrazol-3-yl) phenyl)-amino)-N- (2-nitrophenyl) carboxamide Compound 13HH NOz H 0NH27I238 ( (3- (4-bromo-2-methylpyrazol-3-yl) phenyl)-amino)-N- (4-methoxyphenyl) carboxamide Compound 14 MeO HHH 0NH12I19 ( (3- (4-bromo-2-methylpyrazol-3-yl) phenyl) amino)-N-(2-methylphenyl) carboxamide Compound 15 H H Me H O NH 32-131 ( (3- (4-bromo-2-methylpyrazol-3-yl) phenyl)-amino)-N- (4- (trifluoromethyl) phenyl) carboxamide Compound 16CFsHHH 0NH11I65 ( (3- (4-broino-2-methylpyrazol-3-yl) phenyl)-amino)-N- (3-chlorophenyl) carboxamide Compound 17HClHH 0NHHI39 ( (3- (4-bromo-2-methylpyrazol-3-yl) phenyl)-amino)-N- (2-chlorophenyl) carboxamide Compound 18 H H Cl H O NH 6-249 ( (3- (4-bromo-2-methylpyrazol-3-yl) phenyl) amino)-N- (4- (methylethyl) phenyl) carboxamide Compound 19 isopropyl H H H O NH 7-338 ( (3- (4-bromo-2-methylpyrazol-3-yl) phenyl)-amino)-N- (3-methoxyphenyl) carboxamide Compound 20HMeOHH 0NH7106 ( (3- (4-bromo-2-methylpyrazol-3-yl) phenyl)-amino)-N- (3- methylphenyl) carboxamide Compound 21HMeHH 0NH14I57 ( (3- (4-bromo-2-methylpyrazol-3-yl) phenyl)-amino)-N-methyl-N- (4- (trifluoromethoxy) phenyl) carboxamide Compound 22 CF30 H H H O NCH3-193 2 N- (4- (tert-butyl) phenyl) ( (3- (4-bromo-2-methylpyrazol-3-yl) phenyl) amino) carboxamide Compound 23 t-butyl H H H O NH 17-476 N- (4- (dimethylamino) phenyl) ( (3- (4-bromo-2-methylpyrazol-3- yl) phenyl) amino) carboxamide Compound 24 NMez H H H O NH 9-309 N- (3, 5-dichloro-4-methylphenyl) ( (3- (4-bromo-2-methylpyrazol-3- yl) phenyl) amino) carboxamide Compound 25 Me Cl H Cl O NH 23-122 ( (3- (4-bromo-2-methylpyrazol-3-yl) phenyl)-amino)-N- (4- (trifluoromethylthio) phenyl) carboxamide Compound 26 CF3S HHH 0NH12I56 ( (3- (4-bromo-2-methylpyrazol-3-yl) phenyl)-amino)-N- (2-fluorophenyl) carboxamide Compound 27HHFH 0NH12I37 2- ( ( (3- (4-bromo-2-methylpyrazol-3-yl) phenyl)-amino) carbonylamino) benzamide Compound 27HH CONHz H 0NH317473 ( (3- (4-bromo-2-methylpyrazol-3-yl) phenyl)-amino)-N- (4-cyanophenyl) carboxamide Compound 29CNHHH 0NH12I2 ( (3- (4-bromo-2-methylpyrazol-3-yl) phenyl)-amino)-N- (2-cyanophenyl) carboxamide Compound 30 H H CN H O NH 30-348 TABLE 7 IP3 WT Compound AP-3 5-HT2A No. LSD N- (3- (4-bromo-2-methylpyrazol- 3-yl) phenyl)-ICso nM ICso nM Compound 31 (cyclohexylamino) carboxamide 114 81 TABLE 8 Compound Name Compound IP3 WT No. Ris R14 R13 R16 Rs AP-3 5-LHST2A LSD ICsonM ICsonM N- (3- (4-bromo-2-methylpyrazol-3-yl) phenyl)- (phenylmethylamino) carboxamide Compound H H H H H 120 47 32 N- (3- (4-bromo-2-methylpyrazol-3-yl) phenyl)- ( ( (4- fluorophenyl) methyl) amino) carboxamide Compound F H H H H 89 132 33 N- (3- (4-bromo-2-methylpyrazol-3-yl) phenyl)- ( ( (3, 4- dimethoxyphenyl) methyl) amino)-carboxamide Compound OMe H H H 1010 34 N- (3- (4-bromo-2-methylpyrazol-3-yl) phenyl)- ( ( (3, 4, 5- trimethoxyphenyl) methyl) amino)-carboxamide Compound OMe OMe H OMe H-2960 35 N- (3- (4-bromo-2-methylpyrazol-3-yl) phenyl) ( ( (2- methylphenyl) methyl) amino) carboxamide Compound H H Me H H-769 36 N- (3- (4-bromo-2-methylpyrazol-3-yl) phenyl) ( ( (4- methoxyphenyl) methyl) amino) carboxamide Compound OMe H H H H-102 37

TABLE 9 Compound Name Compound IP3 WT No. Ris R14 R13 R16 Rs AP-3 5-HT2A LSD ICso nM ICso nM N- (3- (4-bromo-2-methylpyrazol-3-yl) phenyl) ( (2- (4- methoxyphenyl) ethyl) amino) carboxamide Compound OMe H H H H 32 61 38

[0198] A second series of compounds having 5-HT2A receptor activity is represented by a class (II) of compounds of formula (B) wherein Y= O (CH2) RI7-

(B2) wherein: Preferably R2 is H.

Preferably R3 is Br.

Preferably X is O.

Preferably R4 is Me.

Preferably when n = 0, Ri is 4-methoxyphenyl or tertiary butyl.

In some embodiments of the foregoing genus (B), class (II), compounds of Example 13, Experiments 1-43, infra, and combinations or subcombinations thereof, are included.

[0199] In some embodiments of the foregoing genus (B), class (II) compounds of Example 13, Experiments 1-43, infra, and combinations or subcombinations thereof, are not included.

[0200] Certain preferred compounds are:.

Compound 1 N- (3- (4-bromo-2-methylpyrazol-3-yl) phenyl) (4-methoxyphenoxy) carboxamide

Compound 39 (tert-butoxy)-N- (3- (4-bromo-2-methylpyrazol-3-yl) phenyl) carboxamide [0201] Compounds 1 and 39 demonstrated the following activity as illustrated in TABLE 10: TABLE 10

Compound Number Competitive Competitive Inositol Binding Binding Phosphate AP-1 WT 5-HTzA Accumulation ((3H) mesulergine) ((H) LSD) AP-3 ICso Value ICso Value ICso Value (yM) (ZM) (#M) Compound 1 1. 8 <0. 001 0. 0003 Compound 39-0. 014 0. 057 [0202] In addition to the assays discussed above, the specific activity of Compound 1 at the 5-HT2A receptor was further confirmed by the following: In Vitro Binding of 5-HTzh Receptor Animals: [0203] Animals (Sprague-Dawley rats) were sacrificed and brains were rapidly dissected and frozen in isopentane maintained at-42° C. Horizontal sections were prepared on a cryostat and maintained at-20 ° C.

LSD Displacement Protocol: [0204] Lysergic acid diethylamide (LSD) is a potent 5-HT2A receptor and dopamine D2 receptor ligand. An indication of the selectivity of compounds for either or both of these receptors involves displacement of radiolabeled-bound LSD from pre-treated brain sections. For these studies, radiolabeled Ila5-LSD (NEN Life Sciences, Boston, Mass. , Catalogue number NEX-199) was utilized; spiperone (RBI, Natick, Mass. Catalogue number s-128) a 5-HT2A receptor and dopamine D2 receptor antagonist, was also utilized. Buffer consisted of 50 nanomolar TRIS-HC1, pH 7.4.

[0205] Brain sections were incubated in (a) Buffer plus 1 nanomolar I125-LSD ; (b) Buffer plus 1 nanomolar Ilz5-LSD and 1 micromolar spiperone; or Buffer plus 1 nanomolar Iiz5-LSD and 1 micromolar Compound 1 for 30 minutes at room temperature. Sections were then washed 2x 10 minutes at 4 ° C. in Buffer, followed by 20 seconds in distilled H2O. Slides were then air-dried.

[0206] After drying, sections were apposed to x-ray film (Kodak Hyperfilm) and exposed for 4 days.

Analysis : [0207] Figures 16A-C provide representative autoradiographic sections from this study.

Figure 16A evidences darker bands (derived from I125-LSD binding) primarily in both the fourth layer of the cerebral cortex (primarily 5-HT2A receptors), and the caudate nucleus (primarily dopamine D2 receptors and some 5-HT2A receptors). As can be seen from Figure 16B, spiperone, which is a 5-HT2A and dopamine D2 antagonist, displaces the I125-LSD from these receptors on both the cortex and the caudate. As can be further seen from Figure 16C, Compound 1 appears to selectively displace the It25- LSD from the cortex (5-HT2A) and not the caudate (dopamine D2).

[0208] A third series of compounds having 5-HT2A receptor activity is represented by a class (III) of compounds of Formula (B3) wherein Y= (CH2) mR, : (B3) wherein Preferably R2 is H.

Preferably R3 is Br.

Preferably X is O.

Preferably R4 is Me.

[0209] Preferably when m= 0, Ri7 is preferably 4-trifluoromethoxyphenyl, or thiophene, or 4-chlorophenyl.

[0210] In some embodiments of the foregoing genus (B), class (III), compounds of Example 13, Experiments 1-43, infra, and combinations or subcombinations thereof, are included.

[0211] In some embodiments of the foregoing genus (B), class (III) compounds of Example 13, Experiments 1-43, infra, and combinations or subcombinations thereof, are not included.

[0212] Certain preferred compounds are: Compound 40 (m = 0, R2 = H, Rl7 = 4-trifluoromethoxyphenyl) N- [3- (4-Bromo-2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]-4-trifluoromethox y-benzamide Compound 2 (m=0, R2= H, Rl7 = thiophene) Thiophene-2-carboxylic acid [3- (4-bromo-2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl] amide Compound 41 (m=0, R= H, Rl7 = chlorophenyl) N- [3- (4-Bromo-2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]-4-chloro-benzamid e [0213] These three compounds demonstrated the following activities: TABLE 11 Compound Number Competitive Competitive Inositol Binding Binding Phosphate AP-1 WT 5-HTzA Accumulation ((3H) mesulergine) ((3H) LSD) AP-3 ICso Value ICso Value ICso Value I (ttm) I (AM) I (AM) Compound 40 6. 1. 46 0. 0213 Compound 2 2. 8. 17 0. 080 Compound 41 1. 2. 21 0. 0315

In Vivo Analysis of Compound 2 [0214] In addition to the in vitro assays shown in the above table, the in vivo response of animals to Compound 2 is demonstrated by the following.

[0215] A 5-HT2A receptor antagonist or inverse agonist is expected to decrease amphetamine- stimulated locomotion without affecting baseline locomotion. See, for example, Soresnon, et al, 266 (2) J. Pharmacol. Exp. Ther. 684 (1993). Based upon the foregoing information, Compound 2 is a potent inverse agonist at the human 5-HT2A receptor. For the following study, the following parameters and protocol were utilized: Animals. Vehicle [0216] Adult male Sprague-Dawley rats were utilized for these studies. Animals were housed in groups of 2-3 in hanging plastic cages with food and water available at all times. Animals were weighed and handled for at least one day prior to surgery and throughout the studies. For these studies, Vehicle consisted of 90% ethanol (100%) and 10% water.

Amphetamine-Stimulated Locomotor Activity : Assessment and Apparatus [0217] A San Diego Instruments Flex Field apparatus was used to quantify baseline and amphetamine-stimulated locomotor activity. This apparatus consists of four 16"x 16"clear plastic open fields. Photocell arrays (16 in each dimension) interfaced with a personal computer to automatically quantify activity. Several measures of activity can be assessed with the apparatus, including total photocell beam breaks. Animals (vehicle control and Compound treated) were injected

s. c. 30 minutes prior to initiation of analysis. Following this 30 minute period, animals were placed individually into an open field and baseline activity was assessed for 30 minutes (habituation phase).

Following baseline, animals were removed, injected with d-amphetamine sulfate (1.0 mg/kg) and immediately returned to the open field for 150 minutes, in order to follow the time course (10 minute intervals) of amphetamine-stimulated locomotor activity.

Dosing TABLE 12 Vehicle Control Compound 2 Dose (mg/kg) 6 animals 6 animals 0.1 6 animals 1.0 6 animals 5.0 6 animals 10. 0

Analysis [0218] Results, based upon the number of recorded photobeam breaks (mean. +/-sem), are presented in Figures 17A-C. As supported by Figures 17A, B and C, a general"inverted U"shaped pattern was observed (see, generally, Sahgal, A. "Practical behavioural neuroscience: problems, pitfalls and suggestions"pp 1-8,5 in Behavioral Neuroscience: A Practical Approach. Volume 1 A.

Sahgal (Ed. ) 1993, IRL Press, New York). As Figure 17 also indicates, with exception of the highest dose (10 mg/kg), in vivo, the tested doses of Compound 2 evidenced a decrease in the amphetamine- stimulated locomotion, consistent with a 5-HT2A receptor antagonist or inverse agonist.

[0219] Additional series of compounds of Formula (B) wherein Y= (CH2) mRl7 are set forth below in TABLE 13.

TABLE 13 Name Compound IP3 WT No. Ris Ri4 Ri3 Ri6 AP-3 5-HT2A LSD ICso _ nM ICso nM N- (3- (4-bromo-2- Compound 42 OCF3 H H H-106 Methylpyrazol-3-yl) phenyl)-2- (4- (trifluoromethoxy)- phenyl) acetamide N- (3- (4-bromo-2- Compound 43 H F H H 153 318 Methylpyrazol-3-yl) phenyl)-2- (3- Fluorophenyl) acetamide N- (3- (4-bromo-2- Compound 44 H OMe H H 108 625 Methylpyrazol-3-yl) phenyl)-2- (3- Methoxyphenyl) acetamide N- (3- (4-bromo-2- Compound 45 H H F H 129 662 Methylpyrazol-3-yl) phenyl)-2- (2- Fluorophenyl) acetamide N- (3- (4-bromo-2-Compound46 NOz H H H 61 108 Methylpyrazol-3-yl) phenyl)-2- (4- Nitrophenyl) acetamide N- (3- (4-bromo-2- Compound 47 H H OMe H 165 2300 Methylpyrazol-3-yl) phenyl)-2- (2- Methoxyphenyl) acetamide

[0220] Based upon the discovery of the specific inverse agonist activity of the above identified compounds at the 5-HT2A receptor, a novel class of compounds has been identified which exhibits said activity. Accordingly, in the second aspect of the invention, there is provided a novel compound of formula (C):

wherein: W is H or lower alkyl (Cl4) ; R3 is Me, or Et, or halogen; X is either Oxygen or Sulfur; Y is NR15R16, or (CH2) m Rl7 or O (CH2)nR17 ; R4 is lower alkyl (Class ; m=0-4 ; n=0-4 ; Ris is H or lower alkyl (C1-4) ; R16 is a Cl 6 alkyl, or C2 6 alkenyl, or cycloalkyl, or (CH2) k aryl group (k=1-4), preferably k=l, and each said group may be optionally substituted by up to four substituents in any position independently selected from CF3, CC13, Me, NO2, OH, OMe, OEt, CONR, gR, g, NR18R, g, NHCOCH3, OCF3, SMe, COOR20, SO3R20, SO2NR18R19, COMe, COEt, CO-lower alkyl, SCF3, CN, 2. 6 alkenyl, H, halogens, C1-4 alkoxy, C3-6 cycloalkyl, C1-6 alkyl, aryl and aryloxy wherein each of the C3-6 cycloalkyl, C-16 alkyl, aryl and aryloxy may be further substituted by up to four substitutents in any position independently selected from CF3, CCl3, Me, NO2, OH, OMe, OEt, CONR18R91, NR18R19, NHCOCH3, OCF3, SMe, COORzo, S03R20, SO2NR18R19, COMe, COEt, CO-lower alkyl, SCF3, CN, 2-6 alkenyl, H, halogens, C1. 4 alkoxy, C3 6 cycloalkyl, Cl 6 alkyl, and aryl; R18 and R19 are independently a H or Cl 6 alkyl, or C26 alkenyl, or cycloalkyl, or aryl, or CH2 aryl group and each said group may be optionally substituted by up to four substituents in any position independently selected from CF3, CCl3, Me, NO2, OH, OMe, OEt, CONR21R22, NR21R22, NHCOCH3, OCF3, SMe, COOR23, S03R23, SO2NR2lR22, COMe, COEt, CO-lower alkyl, SCF3, CN, 2-6 alkenyl, H, halogens, Cl 4 alkoxy, C3 6 cycloalkyl, C, 6 alkyl, and aryl wherein each of C3 6 cycloalkyl, Cl 6 alkyl, and aryl groups may be further optionally substituted by up to four substituents in any position independently selected from CF3, CCl3, Me, NO2, OH, OMe, OEt, CONR21R22, NR21R22, NHCOCH3, OCF3, SMe, COOR23, S03R23, S02NR2lR22,

COMe, COEt, CO-lower alkyl, SCF3, CN, C2 6 alkenyl, H, halogens, Cl 4 alkoxy, C3 6 cycloalkyl, C1-6 alkyl, and aryl; or Rig and Ris may form part of a 5,6 or 7 membered cyclic structure which may be either saturated or unsaturated and that may contain up to four heteroatoms selected from 0, N or S and said cyclic structure may be optionally substituted by up to four substituents in any position independently selected from CF3, CC13, Me, NO2, OH, OMe, OEt, OCF3, SMe, COOR7, SO2NR2lR22, S03R23, NHCOCH3, COEt, COMe, or halogen; Ri7 is Cl 6 alkyl, or C2 6 alkenyl, or cycloalkyl, or aryl, or CH2 aryl group and each said group may be optionally substituted by up to four substituents in any position independently selected from CF3, CC13, Me, NO2, OH, OMe, OEt, CONR21R22, NR2lR22, NHCOCH3, OCF3, SMe, COOR23, S03R23, SO2NR2lR22, COMe, COEt, CO-lower alkyl, SCF3, CN, 2-6 alkenyl, H, halogens, C1-4 alkoxy, C3-6 cycloalkyl, C1-6 alkyl, and aryl wherein each of C3-6 cycloalkyl, C16 alkyl, and aryl groups may be further optionally substituted by up to four substituents in any position independently selected from CF3, CC13, Me, NO2, OH, OMe, OEt, CONR2IR22, NR2lR22, NHCOCH3, OCF3, SMe, COOR23, S03R23, S02NR2lR22, COMe, COEt, CO-lower alkyl, SCF3, CN, 2-6 alkenyl, H, halogens, C1-4 alkoxy, C3-6 cycloalkyl, Cl 6 alkyl, and aryl; R20 and R23 may be independently selected from H or Cl 6 alkyl ; Wl and W2 are independently a H, or C, 6 alkyl, or 2-6 alkenyl, or cycloalkyl, or aryl, or CH2 aryl group and each said group may be optionally substituted by up to four substituents in any position independently selected from halogen, CF3, OCF3, OEt, CC13, Me, NO2, OH, OMe, SMe, COMe, CN, COOR20, S03R20, COEt, NHCOCH3, or aryl. An aryl moiety can be a 5 or 6 membered aromatic heterocyclic ring (containing up to 4 hetero atoms independently selected from N, O, or S) or a 6 membered aromatic non-heterocyclic ring or a polycycle; Cl 6 alkyl moieties can be straight chain or branched ; optionally substituted Cl 6 alkyl moieties can be straight chain or branched; 2-6 alkenyl moieties can be straight chain or branched; and optionally substituted 2-6 alkenyl moieties can be straight chain or branched; Examples of suitable Cl 6 alkyl groups include but are not limited to methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, i-propyl, n-butyl, and t-butyl.

[0221] Halogens are typically F, Cl, Br, and I.

[0222] Examples of 5 or 6 membered ring moieties include, but are not restricted to, phenyl, furanyl, thienyl, imidazolyl, pyridyl, pyrrolyl, oxazolyl, isoxazolyl, triazolyl, pyrazolyl, tetrazolyl,

thiazolyl and isothiazolyl. Examples of polycycle moieties include, but are not restricted to, naphthyl, benzothiazolyl, benzofuranyl, benzimidazolyl, quinolyl, isoquinolyl, indolyl, quinoxalinyl, quinazolinyl and benzothienyl.

[0223] In some embodiments of the foregoing genus (C), compounds of Example 13, Experiments 1-43, infra, and combinations or subcombinations thereof, are included.

[0224] In some embodiments of the foregoing genus (C), compounds of Example, Experiments 1-43, infra, and combinations or subcombinations thereof, are not included.

[0225] Some embodiments of the invention are compounds of Formula (V) and have one of the structures below.

TABLE 14 (v) Cmpd Rl R3 A B Compound Name 48 H Cl C (=O)-NH- (4-chlorophenyl) 1- [3- (4-Chloro-2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]-3- (4-chloro-phenyl)-urea 49 Cl Cl C (=O)-NH- (4-chlorophenyl) 1- [3-Chloro-5- (4-chloro-2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]-3- (4-chloro-phenyl)-urea 50 l H C1 C (=O)-NH-(2, 4-dichlorophenyl) 1- [3- (4-Chloro-2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]-3- (2, 4-dichloro-phenyl)-urea 51 H Cl C (=O)-NH-CH (CH3)-phenyl 1- [3- (4-Chloro-2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]-3- (l-phenyl-ethyl)-urea 52 H ci C (=O)-NH- (4-cyanophenyl) 1- [3- (4-Chloro-2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]-3- (4-cyano-phenyl)-urea

53 H Cl C (=O)-NH- (4- dimethylaminophenyl 1- [3- (4-Chloro-2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]-3- (4-dimethylamino-phenyl)-urea 54 H Cl C (=O)-NH- (4- ethoxycarbonyl) phenyl 4- {3- [3- (4-Chloro-2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]-ureido}-benzoic acid ethyl ester 55 H Cl C (=O)-NH- (4-methylthio) phenyl 1- [3- (4-Chloro-2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]-3- (4-methylsulfanyl-phenyl)-urea 56 H Cl C (=O)-NH- (4-isopropylphenyl) 1- [3- (4-Chloro-2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]-3- (4-isopropyl-phenyl)-urea 57 H I C (=0)-NH- (4-chlorophenyl) 1- (4-Chloro-phenyl)-3- [3- (4-iodo-2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]-urea 58 H Br C (=O)-O-ethyl [3- (4-Bromo-2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]-caxbamic acid ethyl ester 59 H Br C (=O)-O- (4-nitro) phenyl [3- (4-Bromo-2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]-carbamic acid 4-nitro-phenyl ester 60 H Br C (=O)-O-CH2-fluorene-9-yl [3- (4-Bromo-2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]-carbamic acid 9H-fluoren-9-ylmethyl ester 61 H Br C (=O)-0-CH2CH=CH2 l l I [3- (4-Bromo-2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]-carbaimc acid allyl ester 62 H Br C (=O)-O- (4-methyl) phenyl [3- (4-Bromo-2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]-carbamic acid p-tolyl ester 63 H Br C (=O)-O-n-butyl [3- (4-Bromo-2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]-carbamic acid butyl ester 64 H Br C (=O) 0- (2-isopropyl-5- methyl) cyclohex-1-yl [3- (4-Bromo-2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]-carbamic acid 2-isopropyl-5-methyl-cyclohexyl ester l l 65 H Br C (=O)-O-benzyl [3- (4-Bromo-2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]-carbamic acid benzyl ester 66 Br C (=O)-0-(3-trifluoromethyl) phenyl [3- (4-Bromo-2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]-carbamic acid 3-trifluoromethyl-phenyl ester 67 H Br C (=0)-0- (4-bromo) phenyl [3- (4-Bromo-2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]-carbamic acid 4-bromo-phenyl ester 68 H Br C (=O)-O- (4-fluoro) phenyl [3- (4-Bromo-2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]-carbamic acid 4-fluoro-phenyl ester 69 Br C (=O)-0-(2-methoxy) phenyl [3- (4-Bromo-2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]-carbamic acid 2-methoxy-phenyl ester 70 H Br C (=O)-O- (2-chloro) phenyl [3- (4-Bromo-2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]-carbamic acid 2-chloro-phenyl ester 71 H Br C (=O)-O-C (CH3) =CH2 [3- (4-Bromo-2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]-carbamic acid isopropenyl ester 72 H Br C (=O)-O-1- (N-pyridinyl) ethyl l l I [3- (4-Bromo-2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]-carbamic acid 1-pyridin-1-yl-ethyl ester 73 H Br C (=O)-O-isopropyl [3- (4-Bromo-2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]-carbamic acid isopropyl ester 74 H-C (=O) OCH3 C (=O)-NH- (4-chlorophenyl) 5- {3- [3- (4-Chloro-phenyl)-ureido]-phenyl}-l-methyl-lH-pyrazole-4-car boxylic acid methyl ester 75 | H-CH2CH2OH | C (=O) |-NH-(4-fluorophenyl) 1- (4-Fluoro-phenyl)-3- {3- [4- (2-hydroxy-ethyl)-2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl]-phenyl}-urea 76 H-CH2CH2N (Me) 2 C (=O)-NH- (4-fluorophenyl) 1-13- [4- (2-Dimethylamino-ethyl)-2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl]-phenyl}-3- (4-fluoro-phenyl)-urea 77 H |-CH=CH2 | C (=O) |-NH-(4-chlorophenyl) l 1- (4-Chloro-phenyl)-3- [3- (2-methyl-4-vinyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]-urea 78 H ICH2CH3 I C (=O) I-NH- (4-chlorophenyl) 1- (4-Chloro-phenyl)-3- [3- (4-ethyl-2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]-urea 79 H I-CH=CH2 I C (=O) I-NH- (4-fluorophenyl) l- (4-Fluoro-phenyl)-3- [3- (2-metltyl-4-vmyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]-urea 80 H Phenyl C (=O)-NH- (4-chlorophenyl) 1- (4-Chloro-phenyl)-3- [3- (2-methyl-4-phenyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]-urea 81 H 4-methoxyphenyl C (=O)-NH- (4-chlorophenyl) l 1- (4-Chloro-phenyl)-3- {3- [4- (4-methoxy-phenyl)-2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl]-phenyl}-urea 82 H 3-methoxyphenyl C (=O)-NH- (4-chlorophenyl) l- (4-Chloro-phenyl)-3- {3- [4- (3-methoxy-phenyl)-2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl]-phenyl}-urea 83 H 4-fluorophenyl C (=O) NH- (4-chlorophenyl) 1- (4-Chloro-phenyl)-3- {3- [4- (4-fluoro-phenyl)-2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl]-phenyl}-urea 84 H 4-trifluoro C (=O)-NH- (4-chlorophenyl) methoxyphenyl 1- (4-Chloro-phenyl)-3- {3- [2-methyl-4- (4-trifluoromethoxy-phenyl)-2H-pyrazol-3-yl]-phenyl}-urea 85 H Thiophen-2-yl C (=O)-NH- (4-chlorophenyl) 1- (4-Chloro-phenyl)-3- [3- (2-methyl-4-thiophen-2-yl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]-urea 86 | H |-C (=O)-OH | C (=O) |-NH-(4-chlorophenyl) 5- {3- [3- (4-Chloro-phenyl)-ureido]-phenyl}-l-methyl-lH-pyrazole-4-car boxylic acid 87 H Cyclopropyl C (=O)-NH- (3- trifluoromethylphenyl) 1- [3- (4-Cyclopropyl-2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]-3- (3-trifluorometliyl-phenyl)-urea 88 H Cyclopropyl C (=O)-NH- (3-chlorophenyl) 1- (3-Chloro-phenyl)-3- [3- (4-cyclopropyl-2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]-urea 89 H Cyclopropyl C (=O)-NH- (2-metlioxyphenyl) 1- [3- (4-Cyclopropyl-2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]-3- (2-methoxy-phenyl)-urea 90 H-CCH C (=O)-NH- (4-chlorophenyl) 1- (4-Chloro-phenyl)-3- [3- (4-ethynyl-2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]-urea 91 H-CH=CH-CCH C (=O)-NH- (4-chlorophenyl) 1- [3- (4-But-1-en-3-ynyl-2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]-3- (4-chloro-phenyl)-urea 92 H-CH=CH-CCH C (=O)-NH- (4-metliylphenyl) 1- [3- (4-But-1-en-3-ynyl-2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]-3-p-tol yl-urea 93 H CN C (=O)-NH- (4-chlorophenyl) 1- (4-Chloro-phenyl)-3- [3- (4-cyano-2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]-urea 94 H CN C (=O)-NH- (4-isopropylphenyl) 1- [3- (4-Cyano-2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]-3- (4-isopropyl-phenyl)-urea 95 H Cyclopropyl C (=O)-NH- (4-fluorophenyl) 1- [3- (4-Cyclopropyl-2-metliyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]-3- (4-fluoro-phenyl)-urea 96 F Br C (=O)-NH- (4-chlorophenyl) 1- [3- (4-Bromo-2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-5-fluoro-phenyl]-3- (4-chloro-phenyl)-urea 97 F Br S02 4-fluorophenyl N- [3- (4-Bromo-2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-5-fluoro-phenyl]-4-fluoro -benzenesulfonamide 98 | F | Br | C (=O) |-NH-(4-bromophenyl) 1- [3- (4-Bromo-2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-5-fluoro-phenyl]-3- (4-bromo-phenyl)-urea 99 F Br C (=O)-NH- (4-isopropylphenyl) 1- [3- (4-Bromo-2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-5-fluoro-phenyl]-3- (4-isopropyl-phenyl)-urea 100 F Br C (=O)-NH- (4-fluorophenyl) 1- [3- (4-Bromo-2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-5-fluoro-phenyl]-3- (4-fluoro-phenyl)-urea 101 F Br C (=O)-NH- (4-methoxyphenyl) l l l I 1- [3- (4-Bromo-2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-5-fluoro-phenyl]-3- (4-methoxy-phenyl)-urea 102 F Br C (=O)-NH- (4-cyanophenyl) 1- [3- (4-Bromo-2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-5-fluoro-phenyl]-3- (4-cyano-phenyl)-urea 103 F Br SOZ 4-chlorophenyl N- [3- (4-Bromo-2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-5-fluoro-phenyl]-4-chloro -benzenesulfonamide 104 F Br C (=O)-NH- (2, 4-diclilorophenyl) 1- [3- (4-Bromo-2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-5-fluoro-phenyl]-3- (2, 4-dichloro-phenyl)-urea 105-N (Me) 2 Br C (=O)-NH- (4-bromophenyl) 1- [3- (4-Bromo-2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-5-dimethylamino-phenyl]-3 - (4-bromo-phenyl)-urea 106 Pyrrolidin-1-yl Br C (=O)-NH-CH (CH3phenyl l l l I 1- [3- (4-Bromo-2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-5-pyrrolidin-1-yl-phenyl] -3- (1-phenyl-ethyl)-urea 107 Morpholin-1-yl Br C (=O)-NH- (2, 4-dichlorophenyl) 1- [3- (4-Bromo-2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-5-morpholin-4-yl-phenyl]- 3- (2, 4-dichloro-phenyl)-urea 108 Pyrrolidin-1-yl Br C (=O) Phenyl N- [3- (4-Bromo-2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-5-pyrrolidin-1-yl-phenyl] -benzamide 109 Pyrrolidin-1-yl Br C (=O)-NH- (4-bromophenyl) 1- [3- (4-Bromo-2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-5-pyrrohdin-1-yl-phenyl]- 3- (4-bromo-phenyl)-urea 110 Pyrrolidin-1-yl Br C (=O)-NH- (4- dimethylaminophenyl) 1- [3- (4-Bromo-2-metliyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-5-pyrrolidin-1-yl-phenyl ]-3- (4-dimethylamino-phenyl)- urea 111 Morpholin-1-yl Br C (=O) NH- (4-isopropylphenyl) 1- [3- (4-Bromo-2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-5-morpholin-4-yl-phenyl]- 3- (4-isopropyl-phenyl)-urea

112 4-methylpiperazine-1-Br C (=O)-NH- (4-bromophenyl) yl 1- [3- (4-Bromo-2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-5- (4-methyl-piperazin-1-yl)-phenyl]-3- (4-bromo- phenyl)-urea 113 113-N (Me) 2 Br C (=O)-NH- (4-chlorophenyl) 1- [3- (4-Bromo-2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-5-dimethylamino-phenyl]-3 - (4-chloro-phenyl)-urea 114 4-methylpiperazine-1-Br C (=O)-NH- (2- yl trifluoromethoxyphenyl) l- [3- (4-Bromo-2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-5- (4-methyl-piperazm-l-yl)-phenyl]-3- (2-. trifluoromethoxy-phenyl)-urea 115 Pyrrolidin-1-yl Br C (=S)-NH- (4-methoxyphenyl) 1- [3- (4-Bromo-2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-5-pyrrolidin-1-yl-phenyl] -3- (4-methoxy-phenyl)- thiourea 116 4-methylpiperazine-1-Br C (=O)-NH- (4-isopropylphenyl) yl 1- [3- (4-Bromo-2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-5- (4-methyl-piperazin-1-yl)-phenyl]-3- (4-isopropyl- phenyl)-urea 117 4-methylpiperazine-1-Br C (=O)-NH- (4-chlorophenyl) yl 1- [3- (4-Bromo-2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-5- (4-methyl-piperazin-1-yl)-phenyl]-3- (4-chloro- phenyl)-urea 118 Pyrrolidin-1-yl Br S02 4-iluorophenyl N- [3- (4-Bromo-2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-5-pyrrolidin-1-yl-phenyl] -4-fluoro-benzenesulfonamide 119 |-N (Me) Z Br SOZ 4-chlorophenyl l l l I N- [3- (4-Bromo-2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-5-dimethylamino-phenyl]-4 -chloro-benzenesulfonamide 120 Morpholin-1-yl Br C (=O)-NH- (4-fluorophenyl) 1- [3- (4-Bromo-2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-5-morpholin-4-yl-phenyl]- 3- (4-fluoro-phenyl)-urea 121 Morpholin-1-yl Br C (=O)-NH- (4-chlorophenyl) 1- [3- (4-Bromo-2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-5-morpholin-4-yl-phenyl]- 3- (4-chloro-phenyl)-urea 122 Pyrrolidin-1-yl Br C (=O)-NH- (2, 4-dichlorophenyl) 1- [3- (4-Bromo-2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-5-pyrrolidin-1-yl-phenyl] -3- (2, 4-dichloro-phenyl)-urea 123-N (Me) 2 Br C (=O)-NH- (4- dimethylamnophenyl) 1- [3- (4-Bromo-2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-5-dimethylamino-phenyl]-3 - (4-dimethylamino-phenyl)- urea 124 4-methylpiperazine-1-Br C (=O)-NH- (4-fluorophenyl) yl 1- [3- (4-Bromo-2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-5- (4-methyl-piperazin-1-yl)-phenyl]-3- (4-fluoro- phenyl)-urea 125 Pyrrolidin-1-yl Br C (=O)-NH-(4-methoxyphenyl) 1- [3- (4-Bromo-2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-5-pyrrolidin-l-yl-phenyl] -3- (4-methoxy-phenyl)-urea 126 Morpholin-1-yl Br C (=O)-NH- (2-phenyl) cycloprop-l- y 1- [3- (4-Bromo-2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-5-morpholin-4-yl-phenyl]- 3- (2-phenyl-cyclopropyl)-urea 127 4-methylpiperazine-1-Br C (=O)-NH- (4-cyanophenyl) 1- [3- (4-Bromo-2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-5- (4-methyl-piperazin-1-yl)-phenyl]-3- (4-cyano-phenyl)- urea 128 Morpholin-1-yl Br C (=O)-NH- (4-cyanophenyl) 1- [3- (4-Brorno-2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-5-morpholin-4.-yl-phenyl ]-3- (4-cyano-phenyl)-urea 129-N (Me) 2 Br C (=O) NH- (4-fluorophenyl) 1- [3- (4-Bromo-2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-5-dunethylamino-phenyl]-3 - (4-fluoro-phenyl)-urea 130-N (Me) 2 | Br | C (=O) |-NH-(4-isopropylphenyl) l l l l 1- [3- (4-Bromo-2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-5-dilnethylamino-phenyl]- 3- (4-isopropyl-phenyl)-urea 131 Pyrrolidin-1-yl Br C (=O)-NH- (4-fluorophenyl) 1- [3- (4-Bromo-2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-5-pyrrolidin-l-yl-phenyl] -3- (4-fluoro-phenyl)-urea 132 4-methylpiperazine-1-Br C (=O)-NH-(2-phenyl) cycloprop-1- yl yl 1- [3- (4-Bromo-2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-5- (4-methyl-piperazin-1-yl)-phenyl]-3- (2-phenyl- cyclopropyl)-urea 133 4-methylpiperazine-1-Br C (=O) NH- (2, 4-dichlorophenyl) yl 1- [3- (4-Bromo-2-meflryl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-5- (4-methyl-piperazin-1-yl)-phenyl]-3- (2, 4-dichloro- phenyl)-urea 134 Morpholin-1-yl Br C (=O)-NH- (4- trifluoromethylphenyl) 1- [3- (4-Bromo-2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-5-morpholin-4-yl-phenyl]- 3- (4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)- urea 135 Pyrrolidin-1-yl Br C (=O)-NH-(3-amino4- fluorophenyl) 1- (3-Amino-4-fluoro-phenyl)-3- [3- (4-bromo-2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-5-pyrrolidin-1-yl-phenyl] - urea 136-N (Me) 2 Br I C (=O)-NH- (4-methoxyphenyl) 1- [3- (4-Bromo-2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-5-dimethylamino-phenyl]-3 - (4-methoxy-phenyl)-urea 137 Pyrrolidin-1-yl Br C (=O)-NH- (3-nitro-4-fluorophenyl) 1- [3- (4-Bromo-2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-5-pyrrolidin-1-yl-phenyl] -3- (4-fluoro-3-nitro-phenyl)- urea 138-N (Me) 2 Br I C (=O)-NH- (4-cyanophenyl) 1- [3- (4-Bromo-2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-5-dimethylamino-phenyl]-3 - (4-cyano-phenyl)-urea 139 Pyrrolidin-1-yl Br C (=O)-NH-CH (CH3)-phenyl 1- [3- (4-Bromo-2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-5-pyrrolidin-1-yl-phenyl] -3- (l-phenyl-ethyl)-urea 140 Pyrrolidin-1-yl Br C (=O)-NH-(2-phenyl) cycloprop-1- yl 1- [3- (4-Bromo-2-metliyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-5-pyrrolidin-1-yl-phenyl ]-3- (2-phe-cyclopropyl)-urea 141 Pyrrolidin-1-yl Br C (=O)-NH- (4-chlorophenyl) 1- [3- (4-Bromo-2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-5-pyrrolidin-1-yl-phenyl] -3- (4-chloro-phenyl)-urea 142 Morpholin-1-yl Br C (=O)-NH- (4 bromophenyl) 1- [3- (4-Bromo-2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-5-morpholin-4-yl-phenyl]- 3- (4-bromo-phenyl)-urea 143 Pyrrolidin-1-yl Br C (=O)-NH- (4-cyanophenyl) l l l 1- [3- (4-Bromo-2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-5-pyrrolidin-1-yl-phenyl] -3- (4-cyano-phenyl)-urea 144-N (Me) 2 Br S02 4-fluorophenyl) N- [3- (4-Bromo-2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-5-dimethylamino-phenyl]-4 -fluoro-benzenesulfonamide 145 Pyrrolidin-l-yl Br | SO2 Phenyl N- [3- (4-Bromo-2-metliyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-5-pyrrolidin-1-yl-phenyl ]-benzenesulfonamide 146 Morpholin-1-yl Br C (=O)-NH- (4-methoxyphenyl) 1- [3- (4-Bromo-2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-5-morpholin-4-yl-phenyl]- 3- (4-methoxy-phenyl)-urea 147 4-methylpiperazine-l-Br C (=O)-NH- (4- yl dimethylaminophenyl) 1- [3- (4-Bromo-2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-5- (4-methyl-piperazin-1-yl)-phenyl]-3- (4- dimethylamino-phenyl)-urea 148 Pyrrolidin-1-yl Br C (=O)-NH- (4-isopropylphenyl) 1- [3- (4-Bromo-2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-5-pyrrolidin-1-yl-phenyl] -3- (4-isopropyl-phenyl)-urea 149-OMe Br C (=O)-NH- (4-fluorophenyl) 1- [3- (4-Bromo-2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-5-methoxy-phenyl]-3- (4-fluoro-phenyl)-urea 150-OH Br C (=O)-NH- (3, 5-dichlorophenyl) 1- [3- (4-Bromo-2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-5-hydroxy-phenyl]-3- (3, 5-dichloro-phenyl)-urea 151-OH Br C (=O)-NH- (4-fluorophenyl) 1- [3- (4-Bromo-2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-5-hydroxy-phenyl]-3- (4-fluoro-phenyl)-urea 152-OMe Br S02 4-chlorophenyl N- [3- (4-Bromo-2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-5-methoxy-phenyl]-4-chlor o-benzenesulfonamide 153-OMe Br C (=O)-NH- (4- dunethylaminophenyl) 1- [3- (4-Bromo-2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-5-methoxy-phenyl]-3- (4-dimethylamino-phenyl)-urea 154 1-OMe IBr I C (=O) I-NH- (4-bromophenyl) 1- [3- (4-Bromo-2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-5-methoxy-phenyl]-3- (4-bromo-phenyl)-urea 155 5-OH Br SOZ 4-chlorophenyl N- [3- (4-Bromo-2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-5-hydroxy-phenyl]-4-chlor o-benzenesulfonamide 156-OMe Br C (=O)-NH- (3, 5-dichlorophenyl) 1- [3- (4-Bromo-2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-5-methoxy-phenyl]-3- (3, 5-dichloro-phenyl)-urea 157-OH Br C (=O)-NH- (4-chlorophenyl) 1- [3- (4-Bromo-2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-5-hydroxy-phenyl]-3- (4-chloro-phenyl)-urea 158 |-OMe Br C (=O)-NH-(4-chlorophenyl) l 1- [3- (4-Bromo-2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-5-methoxy-phenyl]-3- (4-chloro-phenyl)-urea 159-OMe Br C (=O)-NH- (2, 4-dichlorophenyl) 1- [3- (4-Bromo-2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-5-methoxy-phenyl]-3- (2, 4-dichloro-phenyl)-urea 160 Pyrrolidin-1-yl Br C (=O)-NH- (4- trifluoromethyl) phenyl 1- [3- (4-Bromo-2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-5-pyrrolidin-l-yl-phenyl] -3- (4-trifluorometliyl-phenyl)- urea 161-OH Br C (=O)-NH- (4-methoxyphenyl) l l l l 1- [3- (4-Bromo-2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-5-hydroxy-phenyl]-3- (4-methoxy-phenyl)-urea 162-OMe Br C (=O)-NH- (4-methoxyphenyl) 1- [3- (4-Bromo-2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-5-methoxy-phenyl]-3- (4-methoxy-phenyl)-urea 163-OH Br C (=O)-NH- (4-cyanophenyl) 1- [3- (4-Bromo-2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-5-hydroxy-phenyl]-3- (4-cyano-phenyl)-urea 164 H Br C (=S)-NH- (4-chlorophenyl) 1- [3- (4-Bromo-2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]-3- (4-chloro-phenyl)-thiourea [0226] Also provided in accordance with the present invention are compounds useful as inverse agonists for 5-HT2A receptors having the structure:

wherein: X is O or S ; R4 is H or CH3 ; R8 and R30 are each independently selected from H, Cl 8 straight chain or branched alkyl, C3-8 cycloalkyl, 4-9 alkylcycloalkyl, or C2-8 alkenyl; Ris is H, F, Cl, Br, I, R20, CFR3, CCl3, NR18R91, NR30COR20, NR30SO2R20, OR20, OCF3, OCOR20, OSO2Rzo, SR20, SCF3, SCOR20, S9O3R20, SO2NR8R9, NO2, CN, COOR20, COSR20, or CONR18R19, with the proviso that when a position adjacent to Rig is substituted, then Rls and said adjacent position can together be selected from SCH2S, SCH2CH2S, OCH2O, or OCH2CH20 to form a bi-cyclic structure; R20 is H, C1-8 straight chain or branched alkyl, C3-8cycloalkyl, C4-9 alklcycloalkyl, C2-8 alkenyl, aryl or alkylaryl ; Ris and Rl9 are each independently selected from : H, C1-8 straight chain or branched alkyl, C2- $ alkenyl or cycloalkyl, or alkylcycloalkyl, or aryl or CH2aryl wherein each moiety within said Cl 8 straight chain or branched alkyl, C28 alkenyl or cycloalkyl, or alkylcycloalkyl, or aryl or CH2aryl may be optionally substituted by up to four substituents in any position, whereby each substituent is independently selected from: F, Cl, Br, I, CF3, CC13, CH3, C2H5, C3H7, C4H9, NH2, NHCH3, N (CH3) 2,

NHC2H5, N (C2H5) 2, NHC3H7, N (C3H7) 2, NHC4H9, N(C4-H9)2, NHCOH, NHCOCH3, NHCOC2H5, NHCOC3H7, NHCOC4H9, NHSO2CH3, NHSO2C2H5, NHSO2C3H7, NHS02C4H9, OH, OCH3, OC2H5, OC3H7, OC4H7, OC4H9, OCsHs, OC5HI, OC6H, i, OC6HI3, OCF3, OCOCH3, OCOC2H5, OCOC3H7, OCOC4H9, OSO2CH3, OSO2C2H5, OSOzC3H7, OS02C4H9, SH, SCH3, SCzHs, SC3H7, SC4H7, SC4H9, SC5H9, SC5H11, SC6H11, SC6H13, SCF3, SCOCH3, SCOC2H5, SCOC3H7, SCOC4H9, SO3CH3, SO3C2H5, S03C3H7, S03C4H9, SO2NH, SO2NH2, SO2NHCH3, SO2N (CH3) 2, SO2NHC2H5, S02N (C2H5) 2, SO2NHC3H7, SO2N(C3H7)2, SO2NHC4H9, SO2N(C4H9)2, NO2, CN, COOCH3, COOCzHs, COOC3H7, COOC4H9, COSCH3, COSC2H5, COSC3H7,COSC4H9, CONH2, CONHCH3, CON (CH3) 2, CONHC2H5, CON (C2H5) 2, CONHC3H7, CON (C3H7) 2, CONHC4H9, CON (C4H9) 2, with the proviso that when either of Ris or R19 contain an aryl ring substituted at at least two adjacent positions on said aryl ring, then said two adjacent positions can together be selected from SCH2S, SCH2CH2S, OCH20, or OCH2CH20 to form a bi- cyclic structure ; R13,R14,R15,R16 and Rl7 are each independently selected from the following: F, Cl, Br, I, CF3, CC13, CH3, C2H5, C3H7, C4H9, NHz, NHCH3, N (CH3) 2, NHC2H5, N (C2H5) 2, NHC3H7, N(C3H7) 2, NHC4H9, N (C4H9) 2, NHCOH, NHCOCH3, NHCOC2H5, NHCOC3H7, NHCOC4H9, NHSO2CH3, NHSO2C2H5, NHSO2C3H7, NHS02C4H9, OH, OCH3, OC2H5, OC3H7, OC4H7, OC4H9, OC5H9, OC5H11, OC6H11, OC6H13, OCF3, OCOCH3, OCOC2H5, OCOCO3H7, OCOC4H9, OSO2CH3, OSO2-C2H5, OSO2C3H7, OS02C4H9, SH, SCH3, SC2H5, SC3H7, SC4H7, SC4H9, SC5H9, SC5H11, SC6H11, SC6H13, SCF3, SCOCH3, SCOC2H5, SCOC3H7, SCOC4H9, SO3CH3, SO3C2H5, SO3C3H7, S03C4H9, SO2NH, SONH2, SO2NH3, S02N (CH3) 2, SO2NHC2H5, S02N (C2H5)2, SO2NHC3H7, SO2N(C3H7)2, S02NHC4H9, SO2N(C4H9)2, NO2, CN, COOCH3, COOC2H5, COOC3H7, COOC4H9, COSCH3, COSC2H5, COSCHH7, COSC4H9, CONH2, CONHCH3, CON (CH3) 2, CONHC2H5, CON (C2H5) 2, CONHC3H7, CON (C3H7) 2, CONHC4H9, CON (C4H9) 2, and with the proviso that when any two adjacent positions of R13,R14,R15,R16 and Rl7 are substituted, said two adjacent positions can together be further selected from SCH2S, SCH2CH2S, OCH20, or OCH2CH20 to form a bi-cyclic structure; with the proviso that at least two of R13,R14,R15,R1 and Ri7 must be H.

[0227] In some embodiments of the foregoing genus, compounds of Example 13, Experimnts 1-43, infra, and combinations or subcombinations thereof, are included.

[0228] In some embodiments of the foregoing genus, compounds of Example 13, Experiments 1-43, infra, and combinations or subcombinations thereof, are not included. [0229] In some embodiments, compounds possessing 5-HT2A receptor activity that are useful as inverse agonists at such receptors are designated by the general Formula (XV)

(XV) wherein: i) Ar is a phenyl ring optionally substituted with up to five groups selected from the group consisting of halogen, OR7, OH, NR8R9, carboxy, CN, alkoxycarbonyl, straight chain or branched Cl-6 alkyl-C (p) 3, or-O-C (p) 3 where p is halogen; R8 and Rg are independently a H, or C1-6 alkyl, or C26 alkenyl, or cycloalkyl, or aryl, or CH2 aryl group and each said group may be optionally substituted by up to four substituents in any position independently selected from halogen, CF3, OCF3, OEt, CC13, Me, NO2, OH, OMe, SMe, COMe, CN, COORIO, S03Rlo, COEt, NHCOCH3, or aryl; or R8 and Rg may form part of a 5,6 or 7 membered cyclic structure which may be either saturated or unsaturated and that may contain up to four heteroatoms selected from O, N or S and said cyclic structure may be optionally substituted by up to four substituents in any position independently selected from CF3, CC13, Me, NO2, OH, OMe, OEt, OCF3, SMe, COOR10, SO2NR8R9M, SO3R10, NHCOCH3, COEt, COMe, or halogen; R7 is H or Cl 6 alkyl ; Rio is H or Cl 6 alkyl ; ii) R2 is H, straight chain or branched Cl4 alkyl, C26 alkenyl, or cycloalkyl ; iii) R3 is halogen, carboxy, CN, alkoxycarbonyl, straight chain or branched Cl 6 alkyl, C2 6 alkenyl, 2-6 alkynyl, cycloalkyl, aryl or heteroaryl, wherein each of said alkoxycarbonyl, straight chain or branched Cl 6 alkyl, C26 alkenyl, 2-6 alkynyl, cycloalkyl, aryl or heteroaryl groups can be optionally substituted with up to four substituents in any position selected from OH, ORIoX NR8Rs, halogen,-C (p) 3, or -O- C (p) 3 where p is halogen, and said cycloalkyl, aryl or heteroaryl groups can

alternatively or additionally be optionally substituted with up to four alkyl substituents in any position; iv) R4 is Cl 6 alkyl, C26 alkenyl, or cycloalkyl ; v) A is C (=O), C (=S) or SO2 ; vi) B is L1 or L2 ; Ll is: q is 0 or 1 ; misOorl ; nisOorl ; Rll and R12 are each independently H, straight chain or branched Cl 6 alkyl, C26 alkenyl, or cycloalkyl ; Ql is : wherein: R13, R. M, Ris, Ri6 and Rl7 are each independently H, halogen, CN, NR8R9, COOR10, SR10, straight chain or branched Cl 6 alkyl, C26 alkenyl, 2-6 alkynyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, alkylaryl, arylalkyl or heteroaryl, wherein each of said alkoxycarbonyl, straight chain or branched Cl 6 alkyl, C26 alkenyl, 2-6 alkynyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, alkylaryl, arylalkyl or heteroaryl groups can be optionally substituted with up to four substituents in any position selected from NO2, ORIo, NR8Rg, halogen, -C (p) 3, or-O-C (p) 3 where p is halogen, and said cycloalkyl, aryl, alkylaryl, arylalkyl or heteroaryl groups can alternatively or additionally be optionally substituted with up to four alkyl substituents in any position; L2 is-O-Q2 wherein Q2 is straight chain or branched C1-6 alkyl, 2-6 alkenyl, 2-6 alkynyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, alkylaryl, arylalkyl, wherein each of said cycloalkyl, aryl, alkylaryl, or arylalkyl groups can be optionally substituted with up to <BR> <BR> <BR> four substituents in any position selected from NO2, OR7, halogen, -C (p) 3. or -O-C(p) 3 where p is halogen, or an aliphatic or aromatic heterocycle, and said cycloalkyl, aryl,

alkylaryl, and arylalkyl groups can alternatively or additionally be optionally substituted with up to four alkyl substituents in any position; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt.

Methods [0230]'The present invention further provides methods for modulating the activity of a human 5-HT2A serotonin receptor by contacting the receptor with a compound of formula : (I) wherein: i) R1 is H, halogens, NR5R6, OH or OR7, wherein R5 and R6 are independently H, or Cl 6 alkyl, or C26 alkenyl, or cycloalkyl, or aryl, or CH2 aryl group and each said group may be optionally substituted by up to four substituents in any position independently selected from CF3, CC13, Me, NO2, OH, OMe, OEt, CONR8R9, NR8Rs, NHCOCH3, OCF3, SMe, COOR10, S03R8, SO2NR8R9, COMe, COEt, CO-lower alkyl, SCF3, CN, 2-6 alkenyl, H, halogens, C1-4 alkoxy, C3-6 cycloalkyl, C1-6 alkyl, and aryl wherein each of the C3-6 cycloalkyl, C1-6 alkyl, or aryl groups may be further optionally substituted by up to four substituents in any position independently selected from CF3, CC13, Me, NO2, OH, OMe, OEt, CONR8R9, NR8R9, NHCOCH3, OCF3, SMe, COORIo, SO2NR8Rg, S03Rlo, COMe, COEt, CO-lower alkyl, SCF3, CN, C2-6 alkenyl, H, halogens, Cl 4 alkoxy, 3. 6 cycloalkyl, Cl 6 alkyl, and aryl; or Rs and R6 may form part of a 5,6 or 7 membered cyclic structure which may be either saturated or unsaturated and that may contain up to four heteroatoms selected from O, N or S and said cyclic structure may be optionally substituted by up to four substituents in any position independently selected from CF3, CC13, Me, NO2, OH, OMe, OEt, OCF3, SMe, COORIO, SO2NRsRg, S03R, o, NHCOCH3, COEt, COMe, or halogen;

Rs and Rg are independently a H, or C1-6 alkyl, or C2-6 alkenyl, or cycloalkyl, or aryl, or CH2 aryl group and each said group may be optionally substituted by up to four substituents in any position independently selected from halogen, CF3, OCF3, OEt, CC13, Me, NO2, OH, OMe, SMe, COMe, CN, COORIO, SO3R10, COEt, NHCOCH3, or aryl; R10 is H or C1-6 alkyl ; R7 is H or Cl 6 alkyl ; ii) R2 is H, straight chain or branched Cl 6 alkyl, C26 alkenyl, or cycloalkyl ; iii) R3 is halogen, carboxy, CN, alkoxycarbonyl, straight chain or branched Cl 6 alkyl, C2 6 alkenyl, 2-6 alkynyl, cycloalkyl, aryl or heteroaryl, wherein each of said alkoxycarbonyl, straight chain or branched Cl 6 alkyl, C26 alkenyl, 2-6 alkynyl, cycloalkyl, aryl or heteroaryl groups can be optionally substituted with up to four substituents in any position selected from OH, OR, NRgR ?, halogen, -C (p) 3, or-0-C (p) 3 where p is halogen, and said cycloalkyl, aryl or heteroaryl groups can alternatively or additionally be optionally substituted with up to four alkyl substituents in any position; iv) R4 is C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, or cycloalkyl ; v) A is C (=O), C (=S) or SO2 ; vi) B is L1 or L2 ; Li is : q is 0 or 1 ; m is 0 or 1 ; n is 0 or 1; Rll and R12 are each independently H, straight chain or branched C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, or cycloalkyl ; Q, is : wherein: Ri3, Ri4, R15, Ri6 and Ri ? are each independently H, halogen, CN, NR8R9, COOR10, SR10, straight chain or branched Cl 6 alkyl, C26 alkenyl, C26

alkynyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, alkylaryl, arylalkyl or heteroaryl, wherein each of said alkoxycarbonyl, straight chain or branched Cl 6 alkyl, C26 alkenyl, 2-6 alkynyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, alkylaryl, arylalkyl or heteroaryl groups can be optionally substituted with up to four substituents in any position selected from NO2, ORIo, NRgRg, halogen, -C (p) 3, or-0-C (p) 3 where p is halogen, and said cycloalkyl, aryl, alkylaryl, arylalkyl or heteroaryl groups can alternatively or additionally be optionally substituted with up to four alkyl substituents in any position; L2 is-O-Q2 wherein Q2 is straight chain or branched Cl 6 alkyl, C26 alkenyl, 2-6 alkynyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, alkylaryl, arylalkyl, wherein each of said cycloalkyl, aryl, alkylaryl, or arylalkyl groups can be optionally substituted with up to four substituents in any position selected from NO2, OR7, halogen, -C (p) 3, or-0-C (p) 3 where p is halogen, or an aliphatic or aromatic heterocycle, and said cycloalkyl, aryl, alkylaryl, and arylalkyl groups can alternatively or additionally be optionally substituted with up to four alkyl substituents in any position; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt.

[0231] An aryl moiety can be a 5 or 6 membered aromatic heterocyclic ring (containing up to 4 hetero atoms independently selected from N, O, or S) or a 6 membered aromatic non-heterocyclic ring or a polycycle.

[0232] In some embodiments of the foregoing genus, compounds of Example 13, Experiments 1-43, ifzfra, and combinations or subcombinations thereof, are included.

[0233] In some embodiments of the foregoing genus, compounds of Example 13, Experiments 1-43, infra, and combinations or subcombinations thereof, are not included.

[0234] Also provided by the present invention are methods for modulating the activity of a human 5-HT2A serotonin receptor by contacting the receptor with a compound of formula:

wherein: R2 is H or lower alkyl(C1-4) ; R3 is lower alkyl (C1-6), or halogen; R4 is lower alkyl (Cl 6) ; X is either Oxygen or Sulfur ; Y is NR15R16, or (CH2) mRl7, or O (CH2) nRl7 ; <BR> <BR> <BR> <BR> m=0-4<BR> <BR> <BR> <BR> <BR> n=0-4 Rl5 is H or lower alkyl (Cl Ris and Rl7 are independently Cl 6 alkyl, or C2-6 alkenyl, or cycloalkyl, or aryl, or CH2 aryl group and each said group may be optionally substituted by up to four substituents in any position independently selected from CF3, CC13, Me, NO2, OH, OMe, OEt, CONRI8Rl9, NR18R19, NHCOCH3, OCF3, SMe, COOR20, SO3R20, SO2NRI8Rl9, COMe, COEt, CO-lower alkyl, SCF3, CN, C26 alkenyl, H, halogens, C1-4 alkoxy, C3-6 cycloalkyl, C1-6 alkyl, and aryl ; Ris and Ris are independently a H or C1-6 alkyl, or C2-6 alkenyl, or cycloalkyl, or aryl, or CH2 aryl group and each said group may be optionally substituted by up to four substituents in any position independently selected from CF3, CC13, Me, NO2, OH, OMe, OEt, CONR21R22, NR21R22, NHCOCH3, OCF3, SMe, COOR23, SO3R23, SO2NR21R22, COMe, COEt, CO-lower alkyl, SCF3, CN, 2-6 alkenyl, H, halogens, C 4 alkoxy, C3-6 cycloalkyl, C1-6 alkyl, and aryl; or Rig and Ria may form part of a 5,6 or 7 membered cyclic structure which may be either saturated or unsaturated and that may contain up to four heteroatoms selected from O, N or S and said cyclic structure may be optionally substituted by up to four substituents in any position independently selected from CF3, CC13, Me, NO2, OH, OMe, OEt, OCF3, SMe, COOR23, SO2NR21R22, S03R23, NHCOCH3, COEt, COMe, or halogen; R20 and R23 are each independently selected from H or Cl 6 alkyl ;

R21 and R22 are each independently are independently a H, or C1-6 alkyl, or C2 6 alkenyl, or cycloalkyl, or aryl, or CH2 aryl group and each said group may be optionally substituted by up to four substituents in any position independently selected from halogen, CF3, OCF3, OEt, CC13, Me, N2, OH, OMe, SMe, COMe, CN, COOR20, SO3R20, COEt, NHCOCH3, or aryl; an aryl moiety can be a 5 or 6 membered aromatic heterocyclic ring (containing up to 4 hetero atoms independently selected from N, O, or S) or a 6 membered aromatic non-heterocyclic ring or a polycycle.

[0235] In some embodiments of the foregoing genus, compounds of Example 13, Experiments 1-43, irzfra, and combinations or subcombinations thereof, are included.

[0236] In some embodiments of the foregoing genus, compounds of Example 13, Experiments 1-43, infra, and combinations or subcombinations thereof, are not included.

[0237] The present invention further provides methods for modulating the activity of a human 5-HT2A serotonin receptor by contacting the receptor with a compound of formula:

(A1) wherein: R3 is F, Cl, Br, I, Cl 6 straight chain or branched alkyl, C3-8 ccyloalkyl, C4-90 alkylcycloalkyl, or C2-6 alkenyl; XisOorS ; Y is NRIsRl6 or (CH2) mRo7 or O (CH2) nRI7 ; m is an integer between 0 and 4, inclusive; n is an integer between 0 and 4, inclusive; R4 is H, Cl 8 straight chain or branched alkyl, C3-8 cycloalkyl, C4-9 alkylcycloalkyl, or 2-8 alkenyl; R2 and Ris ais each independently selected from H, C1-8 straight chain or branched alkyl, C3-8 cycloalkyl, C4 9 alkylcycloalkyl, or 2-8 alkenyl;

R16 and R17 is each independently selected from: Ci. g straight chain or branched alkyl, C2 8 alkenyl or cycloalkyl, or alkylcycloalkyl, or aryl, or CH2aryl, wherein each moiety within said C1-8 straight chain or branched alkyl, C2 8 alkenyl or cycloalkyl, or alkylcycloalkyl, or aryl or CH2aryl may be optionally substituted by up to four substituents in any position, whereby each substituent is independently selected from: H, F, Cl, Br, I, R20, CF3, CF2R7, CF2CF2, CC13, CC12R7, CC12CC12R7, NR18R19, NR18COR20, NR18SO2R20, OR20, OCF3, OCF2R20, OCF2CF2R20, OCOR20, OS02R20, OPO (OR20) 2, SR20, SCF3, SCF2R20, SCF2CF2R20, SCOR20, S03R20, SO2NR18R19, PO (OR20) 3, PO 9OR20) 2R2o, NO2, CN, CNR20 (NRisRi9) ,CNR18(SR20),COOR20,COSR20,CONR18R19, with the proviso that when R16 or Rl7 contains an aryl ring substituted at at least two adjacent positions on said aryl ring, then said two adjacent positions can together be selected from SCH2S, SCH2CH2S, OCH20, or OCH2CH20 to form a bi-cyclic structure ; R20 is H, C1-8 straight chain or branched alkyl, C3-8 cycloalkyl, C4-9 alkylcycloalkyl, C2-8 alkenyl, aryl or alkylaryl; Rig and R19 are each independently selected from H, C1-8 straight chain or branched alkyl, C2-8 alkenyl or cycloalkyl, or alkylcycloalkyl, or aryl, or CH2aryl, wherein each moiety within said C1-8 straight chain or branched alkyl, C-g alkenyl or cycloalkyl, or alkylcycloalkyl, or aryl or CH2aryl may be optionally substituted by up to four substituents in any position, whereby each substituent is independently selected from: F, Cl, Br, I, CF3, CC13, CH3, C2H5, C3H7, C4H9, NHz, NHCH3, N (CH3) 2, NHC2H5, N (C2H5) 2, NHC3H7, N (C3H7) 2, NHC4H9, N (C4H9) 2, NHCOH, NHCOCH3, NHCOC2Hs, NHCOC3H7, NHCOC4H9, NHSO2CH3, NHSQzCzHs, NHSO2C3H7, NHS02C4H9, OH, OCH3, OCxHs, OC3H7, OC4H7, OC4H9, OC5H9, OC5H11, OC6H11, OC6H13, OCF3, OCOCH3, OCOC2H5, OCOC3H7, OCOC4H9, OSO2CH3, OSO2C2H5, OSO2C3H7, OSO2C4H9, SH, SCH3, SC2H5, SC3H7, SC4H7, SC4H9, SC5H9, SC5H11, SC6H11, SC6H13,, SCF3, SCOCH3, SCOC2H5, SCOC3H7, SCOC4H9, SO3CH3, SO3C2H5, SO3C3H7, SO3C4H9, SO2NH, SO2NH2, SO2NHCH3, SO2N (CH3) 2, SO2NHC2H5, SO2N(C2H5)2, SO2NHC3H7, SO2N(C3H7)2, SO2NHC4H9, SO2N(C4H9) 2, NO2, CN, COOCH3, COOCzHs, COOC3H7, COOC4H9, COSCH3, COSC2H5, COSC3H7, COSC4H9, CONH2, CONHCH3, CON (CH3) 2, CONHC2H5, CON (C2H5) 2, CONHC3H7, CON (C3H7) 2, CONHC4H9, CON (C4H9) 2, and with the proviso that when either or both of Rig or Rig contain an aryl ring substituted at at least two adjacent positions on said aryl ring, then said two adjacent positions can together be selected from SCH2S, SCH2CH2S, OCH20, or OCH2CH2O to form a bi-cyclic structure ; or Rig or Rig may together form part of a 5,6 or 7 membered cyclic structure, with said structure being saturated or unsaturated, and further with said structure containing up to four heteroatoms

selected from O, N or S, and further wherein each moiety within said cyclic structure being optionally substituted by up to four substituents in any position independently selected from: F, Cl, Br, I, CF3, CCl3, CH3, C2H5, C3H7, CA, NH2, NHCH3, N (CH3) 2, NHC2H5, N (C2H5) 2, NHC3H7, N (C3H7) 2, NHC4H9, N (C4H9) 2, NHCOH, NHCOCH3, NHCOC2H5, NHCOC3H7, NHCOC4H9, NHSO2CH3, NHSO2C2H5, NHSO2C3H7, NHSO2C4H9, OH, OCH3, OC2H5, OC3H7, OC4H7, OC4H9, OC5H9, OC5H11, OC6H11, OC6H13, OCF3, OCOCH3, OCOCzHs, OCOC3H7, OCOC4H9, OSOzCHs, OSO2C2H5, OSO2C3H7, OS02C4H9, SH, SCH3, SC2H5, SC3H7, SC4H7, SC4H9, SC5H9, SC5H11, SC6H11, SC6H13# SCF3, SCOCH3, SCOC2H5, SCOC3H7, SCOC4H9, SO3CH3, SO3C2H5, SO3C3H7, SO3C4H9, SOZNH, SO2NHz, SO2NHCH3, SOIN (CH3) 2, SO2NHC2H5, SO2N (CzH5) 2, S02NHC3H7, SO2N (C3H7) 2, S02NHC4H9, SO2N(C4H9)2, NO2, CN, COOCH3, COOC2H5, COOC3H7, COOC4H9, COSCH3, COSC2H5, COSC3H7, COSC4H9, CONH2, CONHCH3, CON (CH3) 2, CONHCzH CON (C2H5) 2, CONHC3H7, CON (C3H7) 2, CONHC4H9, CON (C4H9) 2, and with the proviso that wherein when Ris or Ric, form an aryl ring substituted at at least two adjacent positions on said aryl ring, then said two adjacent positions can together be selected from SCH2S, SCH2CH2S, OCH20, or OCH2CH20 to form a bi-cyclic structure.

[0238] An aryl moiety can be a 5 or 6 membered aromatic heterocyclic ring (containing up to 4 hetero atoms independently selected from N, O, or S) or a 6 membered aromatic non-heterocyclic ring or a polycycle.

[0239] In some embodiments of the foregoing genus, compounds of Example 13, Experiments 1-43, infra, and combinations or subcombinations thereof, are included.

[0240] In some embodiments of the foregoing genus, compounds of Example 13, Experiments 1-43, infra, and combinations or subcombinations thereof, are not included.

[0241] Also provided by the present invention are methods for modulating the activity of a human 5-HT2A serotonin receptor by contacting the receptor with a compound of formula:

wherein: X is O or S ; R4 is H or CH3; Rg and R20 are each independently selected from H, Cl-8 straight chain or branched alkyl, C3-8 cycloalkyl, C4_9 alkylcycloalkyl, or C2-8 alkenyl; R15 is H, F, Cl, Br, I, R20, CF3, CF2R20, CF2CF2, CC13, CCl2R20, CCl2CCl2R20, NR18R19, NR19COR20, NR19SO2R20, OR20, OCF3, OCF2R20, OCF2CF2R20, OCOR20, OSO2R20, OPO (OR20) 2, SR20, SCF3, SCF2R20, SCF2CF2R20, SCOR20, S03R20, SO2NR18R19, PO (OR20) 3, PO (OR20) 2R20, NO2, CN, CNR20 (NR18R19), CNR19(SR20), COOR20, COSR20, CONR18R19, with the proviso that when a position adjacent to Ris is substituted, then Ris and said adjacent position can together be selected from SCH2S, SCH2CH2S, OCH20, or OCH2CH20 to form a bi-cyclic structure ; Rig and Ris are each independently selected from H, Clos straight chain or branched alkyl, 2-8 alkenyl or cycloalkyl, or alkylcycloalkyl, or aryl, or CH2aryl, wherein each moiety within said C1-8 straight chain or branched alkyl, C2-8 alkenyl or cycloalkyl, or alkylcycloalkyl, or aryl or CH2aryl may be optionally substituted by up to four substituents in any position, whereby each substituent is independently selected from: F, Cl, Br, I, CF3, CCl3, CH3, C2H5, C3H7, C4H9, NH2, NHCH3, N (CH3) 2, NHC2H5, N (C2H5) 2, NHC3H7, N (C3H7) 2, NHC4H9, N (C4H9) 2, NHCOH, NHCOCH3, NHCOC2H5, NHCOC3H7, NHCOC4H9, NHSO2CH3, NHSO2C2H5, NHSO2C3H7, NHS02C4H9, OH, OCH3, OC2H5, OC3H7, OC4H7, OC4H9, OC5H9, OC5H11, OC6H11, OC6H13, OCF3, OCOCH3, OCOC2H5, OC OCOC4H9, OSO2CH3, OSO2C2H5, OSO2C3H7, OS02C4H9, SH, SCH3, SC2H5, SC3H7, SC4H7, SC4H9, <BR> <BR> SC5H9, SC5H11, SC6H11, SC6H13# SCF3, SCOCH3, SCOC2H5, SCOC3H7, SCOC4H9, SO3CH3, SO3C2H5, SO3C3H7, SO3C4H9, SO2NH, SO2NH2, SO2NHCH3, S02N (CH3) 2, SO2NHC2H5, SO2N (C2H5) 2, SO2NHC3H7, SO2N (C3H7) 2, S02NHC4H9, SO2N (C4H9) 2, NO2, CN, COOCH3, COOC2H5, COOC3H7, COOC4H9, COSCH3, COSC2H5, COSC3H7, COSC4H9, CONH2, CONHCH3, CON (CH3) 2, CONHC2H5, CON(C2H5)2, CONHC3H7, CON (C3H7) 2, CONHC4H9, CON (C4H9) 2, and

with the proviso that when either or both of Rig or Ri$ contain an aryl ring substituted at at least two adjacent positions on said aryl ring, then said two adjacent positions can together be selected from SCH2S, SCH2CH2S, OCHZO, or OCH2CH2O to form a bi-cyclic structure ; Ri3, Ri4, R15, Ri6 and Rl7 each independently selected from the following: F, Cl, Br, I, CF3, CC13, CH3, C2H5, C3H7, C4H9, NH2, NHCH3, N (CH3) 2, NHC2H5, N (C2H5) 2, NHC3H7, N(C3H7)2, NHC4H9, N (C4H9) 2, NHCOH, NHCOCH3, NHCOC2Hs, NHCOC3H7, NHCOC4H9, NHSO2CH3, NHSO2C2H5, NHSO2C3H7, NHSO2C4H9, OH, OCH3, OCxHs, OC3H7, OC4H7, OC4H9, OCsHs, OC5H11, OC6H11, OC6H13, OCF3, OCOCH3, OCOC2Hs, OCOC3H7, OCOC4H9, OSO2CH3, OSOzCzHs, OSO2C3H7, OSO2C4H9, SH, SCH3, SC2H5, SC3H7, SC4H7, SC4H9, SC5H9, SC5HI,, SC6HI, SC6H13, SCF3, SCOCH3, SCOC2H5, SCOC3H7, SCOC4H9, SO3CH3, SO3C2H5, SO3C3H7, SO3C4H9, SO2NH, SO2NH2, SO2NHCH3, SOzN (CH3) 2, SO2NHC2H5, SO2N (C2HS) 2, SO2NHC3H7, SO2N(C3H7)2, S02NHC4H9, SO2N (C4H9) 2, NOz, CN, COOCH3, COOC2H5, COOC3H7, COOC4H9, COSCH3, COSC2H5, COSC3H7, COSC4H9, CONH2, CONHCH3, CON (CH3) 2, CONHCzHs, CON (C2H5) 2, CONHC3H7, CON (C3H7) 2, CONHC4H9, CON (C4H9) 2, and with the proviso that when any two adjacent positions of R13, R14, R15, R16 and Rmare substituted, said two adjacent positions can together be further selected from SCH2S, SCH2CH2S, OCH20, or OCH2CH20 to form a bi-cyclic structure ; and with the proviso that at least one of R13, R14, R15, R16 and R17 must be H.

[0242] An aryl moiety can be a 5 or 6 membered aromatic heterocyclic ring (containing up to 4 hetero atoms independently selected from N, O, or S) or a 6 membered aromatic non-heterocyclic ring or a polycycle.

[0243] In some embodiments of the foregoing genus, compounds of Example 13, Experiments 1-43, infra, and combinations or subcombinations thereof, are included.

[0244] In some embodiments of the foregoing genus, compounds of Example 13, Experiments 1-43, infra, and combinations or subcombinations thereof, are not included.

[0245] The present invention further provides methods for modulating the activity of a human 5-HT2A serotonin receptor by contacting the receptor with a compound of formula:

wherein: R2 is H or lower alkyl (Cl 4) ; R3 is Me, or Et, or halogen; X is either Oxygen or Sulfur ; Y is NR15R16, or (CH2)mR17, or O (CH2) nR17 ; R4 is lower alkyl (Cl-6) ; <BR> <BR> <BR> <BR> m=0-4<BR> <BR> <BR> <BR> <BR> <BR> <BR> n=0-4 R15 is H or lower alkyl (CI4) ; R16 and R17 are independently C1-6 alkyl, or C2-6 alkenyl, or cycloalkyl, or aryl group and each said group may be optionally substituted by up to four substituents in any position independently selected from CF3, CC13, Me, NO2, OH, OMe, OEt, CONR18R19, NR18R19, NHCOCH3, OCF3, SMe, COOR20, SO3R20, SO2NR18R19, COMe, COEt, CO-lower alkyl, SCF3, CN, C2-6 alkenyl, H, halogens, C1-4 alkoxy, C3-6 cycloalkyl, C1-6 alkyl, aryl and aryloxy wherein each of the Cl alkoxy, C3-6 cycloalkyl, C1-6 alkyl, aryl and aryloxy groups may be further optionally substituted by up to four substituents in any position independently selected from CF3, CCl3, Me, NO2, OH, OMe, OEt, CONR21R22, NR21R22, NHCOCH3, OCF3, SMe, COOR23, S03R23, SO2NR21R22, COMe, COEt, CO-lower alkyl, SCF3, CN, 2-6 alkenyl, H, halogens, Cl. 4 alkoxy, C3-6 cycloalkyl, C1-6 alkyl, and aryl; Rig and Ris are independently a H or Cl 6 alkyl, or C26 alkenyl, or cycloalkyl, or aryl, or CH2 aryl group and each said group may be optionally substituted by up to four substituents in any position independently selected from CF3, CC13, Me, NO2, OH, OMe, OEt, CONR21R22, NR21R22, NHCOCH3 OCF3, SMe, COOR23, S03R23, SO2NR2lR22, COMe, COEt, CO-lower alkyl, SCF3, CN, 2-6 alkenyl, H, halogens, Cl- 4 alkoxy, C3-6 cycloalkyl, C1-6 alkyl, and aryl or Rig and Rig may form part of a 5,6 or 7 membered cyclic structure which may be either saturated or unsaturated and that may contain up to four heteroatoms selected from O, N or S and said cyclic structure may be optionally substituted by up

to four substituents in any position independently selected from CF3, CC13, Me, NO2, OH, OMe, OEt, OCF3, SMe, COOR7, SO2NR24R25, SO3R26, NHCOCH3, COEt, COMe, or halogen; R20 and R23 are each independently selected from H or Cl 6 alkyl ; R2, and R22 are each independently are independently a H, or CI-6 alkyl, or C2 6 alkenyl, or cycloalkyl, or aryl, or CH2 aryl group and each said group may be optionally substituted by up to four substituents in any position independently selected from halogen, CF3, OCF3, OEt, CCl3, Me, NO2, OH, OMe, SMe, COMe, CN, COOR20, SO3R20, COEt, NHCOCH3, or aryl.

[0246] An aryl moiety can be a 5 or 6 membered aromatic hetero-cyclic ring (containing up to 4 hetero atoms independently selected from N, O, or S) or a 6 membered aromatic non-heterocyclic ring or a polycycle.

[02471 In some embodiments of the foregoing genus, compounds of Example 13, Experiments 1-43, infra, and combinations or subcombinations thereof, are included.

[0248] In some embodiments of the foregoing genus, compounds of Example 13, Experiments 1-43, infra, and combinations or subcombinations thereof, are not included.

[0249] The present invention further provides methods for modulating the activity of a human 5-HT2A serotonin receptor by contacting the receptor with a compound of formula:

(XV) wherein: ii) Ar is a phenyl ring optionally substituted with up to five groups selected from the group consisting of halogen, OR7, OH, NR8R9, carboxy, CN, alkoxycarbonyl, straight chain or branched C16 alkyl-C (p) 3, or-O-C (p) 3 where p is halogen; Rs and Rg are independently a H, or C1-6 alkyl, or 2-6 alkenyl, or cycloalkyl, or aryl, or CH2 aryl group and each said group may be optionally substituted by up to four substituents in any position independently selected from halogen, CF3, OCF3,

OEt, CC13, Me, NO2, OH, OMe, SMe, COMe, CN, COOR10, SO3R10, COEt, NHCOCH3, or aryl; or R8 and Rg may form part of a 5,6 or 7 membered cyclic structure which may be either saturated or unsaturated and that may contain up to four heteroatoms selected from O, N or S and said cyclic structure may be optionally substituted by up to four substituents in any position independently selected from CF3, CC13, Me, NO2, OH, OMe, OEt, OCF3, SMe, COORIO, SO2NR8R9, S03Rlo, NHCOCH3, COEt, COMe, or halogen; R7isHorCl6alkyl ; RIO is H or Cl 6 alkyl ; ii) R2 is H, straight chain or branched Cl 6 alkyl, C26 alkenyl, or cycloalkyl ; iv) R3 is halogen, carboxy, CN, alkoxycarbonyl, straight chain or branched Cl 6 alkyl, C2 6 alkenyl, C26 alkynyl, cycloalkyl, aryl or heteroaryl, wherein each of said alkoxycarbonyl, straight chain or branched Cl6 alkyl, C26 alkenyl, 2-6 alkynyl, cycloalkyl, aryl or heteroaryl groups can be optionally substituted with up to four substituents in any position selected from OH, ORIO, Tq% Rg, halogen, -C (p) 3, or-O- C (p) 3 where p is halogen, and said cycloalkyl, aryl or heteroaryl groups can alternatively or additionally be optionally substituted with up to four alkyl substituents in any position; iv) R4 is Cl 6 alkyl, C26 alkenyl, or cycloalkyl ; v) A is C (=O), C (=S) or SO2 ; vi) B is L, or L2 ; Ll is: q is 0 or 1 ; mis 0 or 1 ; n is 0 or 1 ; R11 and R12 are each independently H, straight chain or branched Cl 6 alkyl, C26 alkenyl, or cycloalkyl ; Ql is :

wherein: R13, R14, R15, R16 and Rl7 are each independently H, halogen, CN, NR8R9, COORIO, SR, o, straight chain or branched Cl 6 alkyl, C26 alkenyl, C26 alkynyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, alkylaryl, arylalkyl or heteroaryl, wherein each of said alkoxycarbonyl, straight chain or branched Cl 6 alkyl, C26 alkenyl, 2-6 alkynyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, alkylaryl, arylalkyl or heteroaryl groups can be optionally substituted with up to four substituents in any position selected from NO2, ORIo, NRgRg, halogen, -C (p) 3, or-0-C (p) 3 where p is halogen, and said cycloalkyl, aryl, alkylaryl, arylalkyl or heteroaryl groups can alternatively or additionally be optionally substituted with up to four alkyl substituents in any position; L2 is-O-Q2 wherein Q2 is straight chain or branched Cl 6 alkyl, 2-6 alkenyl, 2-6 alkynyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, alkylaryl, arylalkyl, wherein each of said cycloalkyl, aryl, alkylaryl, or arylalkyl groups can be optionally substituted with up to four substituents in any position selected from NOz, OR7, halogen, -C (p) 3, or-0-C (p) 3 where p is halogen, or an aliphatic or aromatic heterocycle, and said cycloalkyl, aryl, alkylaryl, and arylalkyl groups can alternatively or additionally be optionally substituted with up to four alkyl substituents in any position; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt.

[0250] In some embodiments of the foregoing methods, the compounds are selected from compounds and combinations and subcombinations of compounds selected from the group consisting of : H H vNyOn N S OCH3 Br eN-CH3 Br eN-CH3 N N Compound 1 Compound 2

H H H H rY fY H H H H I \ NIIN I\ I \ NIIN I\ /O/C/O Br N-CH3 Br N-CH3 N N Compound 8 Compound 9 OC3 H H H H 1\y N Ny N '0 0''sCH, 3 Br N-CH3 Br N-CH3 N N Compound 10 Compound 11 FsCO OsN H H t H H) F3CO 02N NyNb NyN I \ NIIN I\ I \ NIIN I\ "NyN Br N-CH3 Br N-CH3 N N Compound 12 Compound 13 CHs H H H H 0 oc3 0 -N-N Br N-CH3 Br N-CH3 N N Compound 14 Compound 15 CL rr'T rrYY Ny N I NyN 3 Br eNCH3 Br eN-CH3 N N

Compound 16 Compound 17

Cl H H) H H H H H H N N N N 0 0 CH3 Br tNCH3 Br _CH3 N N Compound 18 Compound 19 NH HN OCH3 N N>CH3 i o i i o ZYN-N BrtNcH3 Br eNCH3 N N Compound 20 Compound 21 CHs H t H H CH3 f N N N "I/pCF I/O I/CH3 0 0 cl3 OCF3 CH3 Br tßNCH3 Br _CH3 3 N N Compound 22 Compound 23 GI N N N\/N 0 NCH3 0 GH3 I Br^tßNCH3 CH3 Brts, N_CH3 Cl N N Compound 24 Compound 25

F H H H H _6 1 N (N I N y N 0 OCF3 0 ~tN ~t8N - N-N N N Compound 26 Compound 27

o NH2 H H H H rrY rYn ¢ N N y N /O/ CN BrtN_CH3 Br tN-CH3 N N Compound 28 Compound 29 NC H H H H ¢ ; g N, N > N N < /ouzo Brt, N_CH3 Br tN-CH3 N N Compound 30 Compound 31 F H H/I H H/I Ny N""Q y N.,, a 0 0 Br N-CH3 B r N-CH3 N N Compound 32 Compound 33 OCH3 OCH3 OCH3 H H"0 H H I I N\/N OCH3 I NN OCH3 0 0 Br-YN-CH3 Br"YN-CH3 'J 0''J 0 N N Compound 34 Compound 35

OCH3 H H t H H) ZON N N >/N N 0 CH3 0 Br N-CH3 Br N-CH3 i N N Compound 36 Compound 37 H H H N N N O CH3 0 0 CH3 OCH3 CH3 Br eN-CH3 Br tuNCH3 N N Compound 38 Compound 39 /OCF3/CI ) OCF3 ¢> Br N-CH3 Br N-CH3 N N Compound 40 Compound 41 H H I \ N O I \ I \ N I \ F nu OCF3 Br N-CH3 Br N-CH3 N N Compound 42 Compound 43 H H I OCH3 I \ N I \ i o i o Br KgN-CH3 Br tN-CH3 N N Compound 44 Compound 45

Compound 46 Compound 47 [0251] In some embodiments, the present invention provides the foregoing compounds, and combinations and subcombinations thereof.

[0252] In some preferred embodiments, the present invention provides compounds useful as inverse agonists for 5-HT2A receptors structurally represented as follows:

[0253] Also provided by the present invention are compositions comprising each of the compounds of the invention.

[0254] Other preferred compounds provided by the present invention and useful in the methods disclosed herein, include, but are not limited to:

Compound 48 Compound 49 Compound 50 Compound 51

Compound 52 Compound 53

H H H H NyN,,,, Il NyNa Y O 9ACOCH3 Y SCH3 CI/NCH3 CI/NCH3 N N Compound 54 Compound 55 H H H H i\ NIIN I\ I\ NIIN I\ 0 CH3 0 ci Cl _CH3 CH3 1 _CH3 N N Compound 56 Compound 57 H H I N \/OCH3 0 0 BrtN-cH3 BrtN-cH3 N N Compound 58 Compound 59

Compound 60 Compound 61

H H ! CHs t CH3 Br N-CH3 Br N-CH3 N N Compound62 Compound63 H H N y 0 N y 0 0 0 ouzo Br N-CH3 Br N-CH3 N N Compound 64 Compound 65 H H T ! o I I I Br BrtsN_CH3 Br tsN-CH3 N N Compound 66 Compound 67 H H OCH3 NyN nu F Br N-CH3 Br N N

Compound 68 Compound 69 Compound 70 Compound 71

Compound 72 Compound 73 Compound 74 Compound 75

Compound 76 Compound 77

Compound 78 Compound 79 Compound 80 Compound 81

Compound 82 Compound 83 Compound 84 Compound 85 Compound 86 Compound 87 Compound 88 Compound 89 Compound 90 Compound 91 Compound 92 Compound 93

Compound 94 Compound 95

Compound 96 Compound 97 H H H H F I NyN,,, a F I NyN.,,"I V yr \ X CH3 Br'tN-CH3 Br^tN-CH3 CH3 N N Compound 98 Compound 99 H H H H 0 0 3 Br o ~tiN N N - N-N Compound 100 Compound 101

ci X O u V °"° I I//Iia Con Br/N, CH3 Br/NCH3 N \=N Compound 102 Compound 103

ci CH3 'YTYS 'TTT 3 0 0 Br N-CH3 Br N-CH3 N N Compound 104 Compound 105 cri H H 0 H H ON ° X v Y t \ CH3// CI Br eNCH3 Br eN-CH3 N N Compound 106 Compound 107 H H H N N I N N N OtN ! B bu Br tN-CH3 BrtN-cH3 N N Compound 108 Compound 109 0 H H H H C'N 0 y Con < 0 () N b N N /O/NCH3//'CH3 I Br/NCH3 CH3 Br/NCH3 CH3 - N'N Compound 110 Compound 111 Compound 112 Compound 113

CH3. N OCF3 CH3, N H H OCF3 H H , N>¢ ; gNN4 NÇgNNCC loch3 0 s I Br/N-CH3 Br eN-CH3 t N N Compound 114 Compound 115 Compound 116 Compound 117

Compound 118 Compound 119 Compound 120 Compound 121

CI CH3 <'H H T','. H H () N NyNb, CH3-"N NyN,, a 0''Lk 0 L. CHs C ci CHs \=non I Br N-CH3 Br N-CH3 Utl3 N N Compound 122 Compound 123 CH3 s Nn N N N ON N N j F ! OCHs F OCH3 Br g, NCH3 Br stsNCH3 N N Compound 124 Compound 125 N CHg H H I H H \ CH3 \ o I CN I''o i F Br/NCH3 Br/NCH3 N N Compound 128 Compound 129 CH3 N N N tw N N N 3 I I 0 CH3 0 F Br N-CH3 CH3 Br N-CH3 N N Compound 130 Compound 131 CH3N^/CH3. N Cl N N N I N N N "NyN o o Br N-CH3 Br N-CH3 N N Compound 132 Compound 133 0 N N N N N N NH y 0 0 IN F Caf3 Br/N, CH3 Br/NCH3

Compound 134 Compound 135

CH3 I H H H H o I I o I/ oc3 F Br _CH3 Br _CH3 - N-N Compound 136 Compound 137 CH3/ N N N N N N FisC I II I /O//O CHs ce Br _CH3 Br _CH3 > > j !""CN t Br-CHg Br-ACHg N N Compound 138 Compound 139 H H H-H '\, N Ny N,, o ON Ny N \ II II \ ci Br N-CH3 Br N-CH3 -N N Compound 140 Compound 141 O 4 aBr V uCN \ \ \ ici 0 0 Br N-CH3 Br N-CH3 N N Compound 142 Compound 143

CH3 F' I H H ' YJ 0-0 Lj 0-0 N N Compound 144 Compound 145 CH3 N N rrY TYrY N N y N N y 9 OCH3 V Nl, CH3 I Br, N-CH3 Br gN_CH3 CH3 N N Compound 146 Compound 147 ¢\N N N CH3O\eCNN3 II \ II \ N yin t CH3 <N \=NyN Compound 148 Compound 149 H H H H o I/I/o Br CH3 Cl Br CH3 N N Compound 150 Compound 151

ci CH30 N \ i CH30 N N V 0 0 N CH3 ZYN Br N-CH3 Br N-CH3 UN3 N N Compound 152 Compound 153 cul CH30 O N N NO N 3 I \ II I \ \ OSO Br bu Br CH3 Br CH3 1 t Br-CHs BrCHg N N Compound 154 Compound 155 H H H H CH30 NyNqcl HO NyNa 0 cri Br C CI Br N-CH3 N N Compound 156 Compound 157 Cl CH30 N N CH30 I I I/O I i/o I/ Br/\N_CH3 Brt, N_CH3 \=N N Compound 158 Compound 159 H H H H II \ II \ I/ I/I O I/ CF3 OCH3 Br"YN-CH3 Br C H 3 N N Compound 160 Compound 161

[0255] Other preferred compounds of the present invention include compounds of the following group: ci H H) H H I I I/O I/CF3 I/O I/CFs Br N-CH3 Br N-CH3 N N 1- [3- (4-Bromo-2-methyl-2H-pyrazol- 1- (3, 4-Bis-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)- 3-yl)-phenyl]-3- (2-chloro-4- 3- [3- (4-bromo-2-methyl-2H trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-urea pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]-urea CHs H I H H I01 I IYl F'C 3 F CF3 Br/NCH3 Br/NCH3 - I-I N N 3- [3- (4-Bromo-2-methyl-2H 1- [3- (4-Bromo-2-methyl-2H-pyrazol- pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]-l- (4-fluoro- 3-yl)-phenyl]-3- (3-fluoro-4- phenyl)-l-methyl-urea trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-urea CH3 CH3 H I H I N N N N I CI I I CI N N N N 3- [3- (4-Bromo-2-methyl-2H 3- [3- (4-Chloro-2-methyl-2H- pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]-1- (4-chloro- pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]-1- (4- phenyl)-l-methyl-urea chloro-phenyl)-1-methyl-urea

3- [3- (4-Chloro-2-methyl-2H- pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]-1- (4-<BR> <BR> <BR> fluoro-phenyl)-1-methyl-urea [0256] In some embodiments of each of the genera described herein, compounds of Example 13, Experiments 1-43, infra, and combinations or subcombinations thereof, are included.

[0257] In some embodiments of each of the genera described herein, compounds of Example 13, Experiments 143, infia, and combinations or subcombinations thereof, are not included.

[0258] Still other preferred compounds falling within the scope of the general Formula (I) have the Formula LX:

wherein: R3 is Br or Cl ; R4 is lower alkyl ; Rlo is H, F or CF3 ;

R11 is H, F, Cl or CF3 ; Rl2 is H, F or Cl; Rl3 is H or F ; and combinations and subcombinations thereof.

[0259] Specifically preferred compounds of Formula (LX) above include the following : F N N F N N X, N C F F F - N-N Compound 165 Compound 166 N N F N N CI ° Br N-CH3 F Br NCH3 -N N Compound 167 Compound 168 CF3 N, N N N CF3 H IF ß H Br N-CH3 Br N-CH3 -N-N \=N ==N Compound 169 Compound 170 F H H ! : ! H I /o I/F I-y o ci-N-CH3 Br-N-CH3 N N Compound 171 Compound 172

F F \ N N \ \ N II N \ F g o t N<NtF CN Br _CH3 N N Compound 173 Compound 174 H H H H I I H H H H ci CH3 F ci N-CH3 r - N-N Compound 175 Compound 176 F H H F NyN_lL NY N F I/O I/F I/O I/F XN Cl-CH3 I I - N-N Compound 177 Compound 178 CF3 H H CF3 N N Ny N /O i I/ I CI F CN Br _CH3 N N Compound 179 Compound 180

N N CF3 NN CF3 F Br eNCH3 cl eN-CH3 N N I Compound 181 Compound 182 [0260] The ICso values for Compounds 165-182 ranged between 8 to 158 nM in the IP3 AP-3 assay with their corresponding values shown below:

Compound No. 5-HT2A IC50 (nM) 165 27 166 33 167 79 168 17 169 69 170 11 171 17 172 36 173 14 174 18 175 46 176 23 177 24 178 48 179 158 180 34 181 27 182 45

EXAMPLE 12 GENERAL SYNTHETIC APPROACHES [0261] The compounds disclosed in this invention may be readily prepared in accordance to a variety of synthetic manipulations, all of which would be familiar to one skilled in the art.

[0262] Compounds of general Formula (I) can be obtained via a variety of synthetic routes all of which would be familiar to one skilled in the art. The reaction of isocyanates with amines is a commonly practiced method for the formation of ureas (see Org. Syn. Coll. Vol. V, (1973), 555).

Amine 12-1, 3- (4-bromo-2-methylpyrazole-3-yl) phenylamine (sold commercially as 3- (4-bromo-l- methylpyrazole-3-yl) phenylamine, by Maybridge Chemical Company, Catalog No. KM01978, CAS No. 175201-77-1) reacts readily with isocyanates 12-2 in inert solvents such as halocarbons to yield the desired ureas of Formula 12-3 as shown in Scheme 12-1.

12-1 12-3 Scheme 12-1 [0263] Alternatively the amine 12-1 can be converted to the corresponding isocyanate 12-4 by the action of phosgene or a suitable phosgene equivalent, e. g. triphosgene, in an inert solvent such as a halocarbon in the presence of an organic base such as triethylamine (i. e., TEA) or diisopropylethylamine (i. e. , DIEA). Isocyanate 12-4 reacts with amines of the general fonnula 12-5 in an analogous fashion to that described above in Scheme 12-1 to give urea 12-6. This approach allows for diverse groups to be introduced for the R2 or R3 group based on the starting amine 12-5 (Scheme 12-2). R2 NH NCO N N (I HNR2R3 9 Triphosgene 9 12-5 9 O Br eNCH3 Br eN-CH3 Br eN-CH3 N N N

12-1 12-4 12-6 Scheme 12-2 [0264] Alternatively wherein the isocyanate of general formula 12-2 is not commercially available it can be prepared from the corresponding amine of general formula 12-7 in an analogous procedure to that described above for the preparation of 12-1. Reaction of these isocyanates with 12-1 would again yield the requisite ureas of general formula 12-3 (Scheme 12-3). NH2 N HN Ru H2N-R3 Triphosgene OCN-R3 + 0 0 --. +- 12-7 12-2 Br tRN-CH3 Br t \, N_CH3 N N

12-1 12-3 Scheme 12-3 [0265] Amines of general formula 12-5 are also readily converted to activated isocyanate equivalents of general formula 12-8 by the sequential action of carbonyldiimidazole and methyl iodide in tetrahydrofuran and acetonitrile respectively (R. A. Batey et al, Tetrahedron Lett., (1998), 39,6267-6270.) Reaction of 12-8 with amine 12-1 in an inert solvent such as a halocarbon would yield the requisite ureas of general formula 12-3 (Scheme 12-4).

12-3 Scheme 12-4 [0266] Amine 12-1 may be monomethylated according to the procedure of J. Barluenga et al, J. Class. Soc., Chem. Commun., (1984), 20,1334-1335, or alkylated according to the procedure of P.

Marchini et al, J. Org. Chez., (1975), 40 (23), 3453-3456, to yield compounds of general formula 12- 9 wherein R'= lower alkyl. Substituted amine 12-9 may be allowed to react with an isocyanate equivalent, either 12-2 or 12-8, in a similar manner as described herein to give urea 12-10 or 12-11 respectively (Scheme 12-5).

12-11 Scheme 12-5 [0267] Carbamates of general formula 12-12 can be obtained in a similar manner via a variety of synthetic manipulations, all of which would be familiar to one skilled in the art. The reaction of amine 12-1 with chloroformates (see Org. Syn. Coll. Vol. IV, (1963), 780) of general formula 12-13 in an inert solvent such as ether or halocarbon in the presence of a tertiary base such as triethylamine or ethylisopropylamine readily yields the requisite carbamates of general formula 12-12 (Scheme 12-6).

Scheme 12-6 [0268] Analogously, amines of general formula 12-9 react similarly with chloroformates 12- 13 to yield the requisite carbamates of the general formula 12-14 (Scheme 12-7).

12-9 12-14 Scheme 12-7 [0269] An alternate route employs the ready reaction of an alcohol with an isocyanate. Thus isocyanate 12-4 described previously reacts readily with alcohols 12-15 in an aprotic solvent such as ether or chlorocarbon to yield the desired carbamates of general formula 12-12 (Scheme 12-8).:

12-4 12-12 Scheme 12-8 [0270] Chloroformates of general formula 12-13 not commercially available may be readily prepared from the corresponding alcohol 12-15 in an inert solvent such as toluene, chlorocarbon or ether by the action of excess phosgene (see Org. Syn. Coll. Vol. III, (1955), 167) (Scheme 12-9). 0 Phosgene) HO (CH2)"R4 CI'_O (CH2)"R4 12-15 12-13 Scheme 12-9 [0271] Amide compounds of the general formula 12-16 can be obtained via a variety of synthetic manipulations, all of which would be familiar to one skilled in the art. The reaction of amine 12-1 with acid chlorides (see Org. Syn. Coll. V, (1973), 336) of general formula 12-17 to yield the desired amides 12-16 is readily achieved in an inert solvent such as chloroform or dichloromethane in the presence of an organic base such as triethylamine or ethyldiisopropylamine (Scheme 12-10).

Scheme 12-10 [0272] In an identical fashion amines of general formula 12-9 would react with acid chlorides 12-17 to yield the desired amides 12-18 (Scheme 12-11).

Scheme 12-11 [0273] Alternatively the corresponding acids of general formula 12-19 may be coupled with dicyclohexylcarbodiimide (DCC) /hydroxybenzotriazole (HOBT) (see W. Konig et al, Chem. Ber., (1970), 103,788) or hydroxybenzotriazole (HOBT)/2-(lH-benzotriazole-l-yl)-1, 1, 3,3- tetramethyluronium hexafluorophosphate (HBTU) (see M. Bernatowicz et al., Tetrahedron Lett., (1989), 30,4645) as condensing agents in dimethylformamide or chloroform with amines 12-1 and 12-9 respectively to give amides 12-16 (Schemes 12-12) and 12-18 (Scheme 12-13) respectively as described above. 12-1 12-16 Scheme 12-12

12-9 12-18 Scheme 12-13 [0274] The acids of general formula 12-18 are readily converted to the corresponding acid chlorides 12-19 by the action of thionyl chloride or oxalyl chloride in the presence of catalytic dimethylformamide :

Scheme 12-14 [0275] A third aspect of the present invention provides a compound of Formula (I) or a solvate or physiologically functional derivative thereof for use as a therapeutic agent, specifically as a modifier of the activity of the serotonin 5-HT2A receptor. Modifiers of the activity of the serotonin 5- HT2A receptor are believed to be of potential use for the treatment or prophylaxis of CNS, gastrointestinal, cardiovascular, and inflammatory disorders. Compounds of the Formula (I) may be administered by oral, sublingual, parenteral, rectal, or topical administration. In addition to the neutral

forms of compounds of Formula (I) by appropriate addition of an ionizable substituent, which does not alter the receptor specificity of the compound, physiologically acceptable salts of the compounds may also be formed and used as therapeutic agents. Different amounts of the compounds of Formula (I) will be required to achieve the desired biological effect. The amount will depend on factors such as the specific compound, the use for which it is intended, the means of administration, and the condition of the treated individual. A typical dose may be expected to fall in the range of 0.001 to 200 mg per kilogram of body weight of the treated individual. Unit does may contain from 1 to 200 mg of the compounds of Formula (1) and may be administered one or more times a day, individually or in multiples. In the case of the salt or solvate of a compound of Formulas (I), the dose is based on the cation (for salts) or the unsolvated compound.

[0276] A fourth aspect of the present invention provides pharmaceutical compositions, comprising at least one compound of Formula (I) and/or an acceptable salt or solvate thereof (e. g., a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate) as an active ingredient combined with at least one carrier or excipient (e. g., pharmaceutical carrier or excipient). Pharmaceutical compositions may be used in the treatment of clinical conditions for which a modifier of the activity of the serotonin 5-HT2A receptor is indicated, particularly where the active ingredient is preferentially selective for the 5-HT2A receptor over the 5-HT2A receptor, and most particularly where the active ingredient is also an inverse agonist at the 5-HT2A receptor. At least one compound of Formula (I) may be combined with the carrier in either solid or liquid form in a unit dose formulation. The pharmaceutical carrier must be compatible with the other ingredients in the composition and must be tolerated by the individual recipient. Other physiologically active ingredients may be incorporated into the pharmaceutical composition of the invention if desired, and if such ingredients are compatible with the other ingredients in the composition. Formulations may be prepared by any suitable method, typically by uniformly mixing the active compound (s) with liquids or finely divided solid carriers, or both, in the required proportions, and then, if necessary, forming the resulting mixture into a desired shape.

[0277] Conventional excipients, such as binding agents, fillers, acceptable wetting agents, tabletting lubricants, and disintegrants may be used in tablets and capsules for oral administration.

Liquid preparations for oral administration may be in the form of solutions, emulsions, aqueous or oily suspensions, and syrups. Alternatively, the oral preparations may be in the form of dry powder that can be reconstituted with water or another suitable liquid vehicle before use. Additional additives such as suspending or emulsifying agents, non-aqueous vehicles (including edible oils), preservatives, and flavorings and colorants may be added to the liquid preparations. Parenteral dosage forms may be prepared by dissolving the compound of the invention in a suitable liquid vehicle and filter sterilizing

the solution before filling and sealing an appropriate vial or ampoule. These are just a few examples of the many appropriate methods well known in the art for preparing dosage forms.

[0278] The fifth aspect of the present invention provides for the use of a compound of formula (I) in the preparation of a medicament for the treatment of a medical condition for which a modifier of the activity of the serotonin 5-HT2A receptor is indicated.

[0279] The sixth aspect of the present invention provides for a method of treatment of a clinical condition of a mammal, such as a human, for which a modifier of the activity of the serotonin 5-HT2A receptor is indicated, which comprises the administration to the mammal of a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of Formula (I) or a physiologically acceptable salt, solvate, or physiologically functional derivative thereof.

EXPERIMENTAL DATA EXAMPLE 13 Preparation and Analysis of Compounds Experiments 13.1-13. 43 [0280] Mass spectra were recorded on a Micromass Platform LC with Gilson HPLC.

Infra-red spectra were recorded on a Nicolet Avatar 360 FT-IR. Melting points were recorded on a Electrothermal Ira9200 apparatus and are uncorrected. Proton nuclear magnetic resonance spectra were recorded on a Bruker 300MHz machine. Chemical shifts are given with respect to tetramethylsilane. In the text the following abbreviations are used; s (singlet), d (doublet), t (triplet), m (multiplet) or combinations thereof. Chemical shifts are quoted in parts per million (ppm) and with coupling constants in Hertz.

[0281] Thin layer chromatography was carried out using aluminium backed silica plates (250aL ; GF254). HPLC was recorded either on a HP ChemstationTM 1100 HPLC using a Hichrom 3.5 C18 reverse phase column (50mm x 2. 1mm i. d. ). Linear gradient elution over 5 minutes-95% water (+0.1% TFA) /5% acetonitrile (+0.05% TFA) down to 5% water/95% acetonitrile. Flow rate 0. 8mL/min (Method A); or on a Hichrom 3.5 C18 reverse phase column (100mm x 3. 2mm i. d.).

Linear gradient elution over 11 minutes-95% water (+0.1% TFA) /5% acetonitrile (+0.05% TFA) down to 5% water/95% acetonitrile. Flow rate lmL/min (Method B). Samples were routinely monitored at 254nM unless otherwise stated.

[0282] All reagents were purchased from commercial sources.

Experiment 13.1 Preparation and Analysis of Compound 1 N- (3- (4-bromo-2-methylpyrazol-3-yl) phenyl) (4-methoxyphenoxy) carboxamide [0283] To 4-methoxyphenylchloroformate (19 mg, 0.10 mmol) in CH2C12 (0.5 mL) was added dropwise a solution of 3- (3-aminophenyl)-4-bromo-2-methylpyrazole (25 mg, 0.10 mmol) and triethylamine (14 yL, 0.10 mmol) in CH2C12 (0.5 mL). The mixture was stirred for 16 h and concentrated. Chromatography on flash silica (40% EtOAc/hexane) gave the title compound as a colourless solid (21 mg, 52%), m. p. 140.3-141. 8oC. (EtOAc/hexane).

IR: Vmax =1748,1592, 1504,1412, 1190,835, 764,676 cm.''MS (ES+): m/z (%) =404 (M+H $lBr, 100), 402 (M+H 79Br, 90).

'H-NMR (CD3 OD): 8 =3.80 (3H, s, CH3), 3.81 (3H, s, CH3), 6.91-6. 98 (2H, m, ArH), 7.07-7. 18 (3H, m, ArH), 7.42-7. 53 (4H, m, ArH).

[0284] HPLC: retention time 3.28 mins (Method A). Tlc : Rf 0. 4 (EtOAc/hexane).

Experiment 13.2 Preparation and Analysis of Compound 2 N- (3- (4-bromo-2-methylpyrazol-3-yl) phenyl) (2-thienyl) carboxamide [0285] To thiophene-2-carbonyl chloride (11 aL, 0.09 mmol) in CH2C12 (1 mL) was added dropwise a solution of 3- (3-aminophenyl)-4-bromo-2-methylpyrazole (25 mg, 0.09 mmol) and triethylamine (14 µL, 0.09 mmol) in CH2C12 (0.5 mL). The reaction mixture was stirred for 16 h and concentrated. Chromatography on flash silica (50% EtOAc/hexane) gave the title compound as a colourless solid (24 mg, 68%), m. p. 127.8-128. 6°C (EtOAc/hexane).: MS (ES+): m/z (%) =364 (M+H 8'Br, 96), 362 (M+H 79Br, 100).

'H-NMR (CD3 OD): 8 =3.81 (3H, s, CH3), 7.19 (2H, m, ArH), 7.48-7. 58 (2H, m, ArH), 7.68-7. 83 (3H, m, ArH), 7.93 (1H, dd, J=1.0, 3.8, ArH).

[0286] HPLC: retention time 3.12 min (Method A). TLC: Rf 0. 30 (30% EtOAc/hexane).

Experiment 13.3 Preparation and Analysis of Compound 7 N- (3- (4-bromo-2-methylpyrazol-3-yl) phenyl) ( ( (4-trifluoromethoxy) phenyl) amino) carboxamide [0287] This compound is commercially available from Maybridge Chemical Company, Catalog No. KM04515, under the name N- (3- (4-bromo-l-methylpyrazol-3-yl) phenyl) ( ( (4- trifluoromethoxy) phenyl) amino) carboxamide. : Experiment 13.4 Preparation and Analysis of Compound 10 N- (3- (4-bromo-2-methylpyrazol-3-yl) phenyl) ( ( (4- trifluoromethoxy) phenyl) methyl) amino) carboxamide [0288] To a stirred solution of triphosgene (12 mg, 0.04 mmol) in CH2CI2 (0.5 mL) was added dropwise a solution of3- (3-aminophenyl)-4-bromo-2-methylpyrazole (30 mg, 0.12 mmol) and triethylamine (33 AL, 0.24 mmol) in CH2C12 (0.5 mL). After 1 h, 4- (trifluoromethoxy) benzylamine (23 mg, 0.12 mmol) was added. The reaction mixture was stirred for 16 h and concentrated.

Chromatography on flash silica (75% EtOAc/hexane) gave the title compound as a colourless solid (38 mg, 68%), m. p. 144.6-145. 8 °C (EtOAc/hexane).

IR:. vm3) =1626, 1558,1278, 1160,969, 871,789, 703 cm-'MS (ES+): m/z (%) =471 (M+H 3lBr, 91), 469 (M+H 79Br, 100).

'H-NMR (CD3 OD): 8 =3.81 (3H, s, CH3), 4.42 (2H, s, CH2), 7.06 (1H, d, J=7.1, ArH), 7.24 (2H, d, J=8.4, ArH), 7.37-7. 52 (6H, m, ArH).

[0289] HPLC: retention time 3.06 mins (Method A). Tlc : Rf 0.5 (EtOAc).

Experiment 13.5 Preparation and Analysis of Compound 39 ( (3- (4-bromo-2-methylpyrazol-3-yl) phenyl) amino)-N- (1, 1-dimefhylethoxy) carboxamide [0290] To di-tert-butyl dicarbonate (36 mg, 0.17 mmol) in methanol (1 mL) was added dropwise a solution of 3- (3-aminophenyl)-4-bromo-2-methylpyrazole (42 mg, 0.17 mmol) in methanol (1 mL). The mixture was stirred for 16 h and concentrated. Chromatography on flash silica (40% EtOAc/hexane) gave the title compound as a colourless solid (29 mg, 49%) (EtOAc/hexane).

MS (CI-): m/z (%) =352 (M-H"Br, 100), 350 (M-H 79Br, 96).

'H-NMR (DMSO d6): S =1.46 (9H, s, 3. times. CH3), 3.73 (3H, s, CH3), 7.07 (1H, m, ArH), 7.42 (1H, t, J=7.7, ArH), 7.53-7. 60 (2H, m, ArH), 7.64 (1H, s, ArH), 9.57 (1H, s, NH) [0291] HPLC: retention time 7.15 min (Method B).

Experiment 13.6 Preparation and Analysis of Compound 40 N- (3- (4-bromo-2-methylpyrazol-3-yl) phenyl) (4-trifluoromethoxyphenyl) carboxamide [0292] To 4- (trifluoromethoxy) benzoyl chloride (19 AL, 0.12 mmol) in CH2C12 (1 mL) was added dropwise a solution of 3- (3-aininophenyl)-4-bromo-2-methylpyrazole (30 mg, 0.12 mmol) and triethylamine (17 aL, 0.12 mmol) in CH2C12 (0.5 mL). The reaction mixture was stirred for 16 h and concentrated. Chromatography on flash silica (50% EtOAc/hexane) gave the title compound as a colourless solid (40 mg, 76%), m. p. 138.6-139. 6°C (EtOAc/hexane).

MS (ES+): m/z (%) =442 (M+H"Br, 93), 440 (M+H 79Br, 100).

'H-NMR (DMSO d6): 5=3. 79 (3H, s, CH3), 7.27 (1H, m, ArH), 7.45-7. 60 (3H, m, ArH), 7.65 (1H, s, ArH), 7.87 (2H, m, ArH), 8.09 (2H, m, ArH), 10.51 (1H, s, NH).

[0293] HPLC: retention time 3.60 min (Method A). TLC: Rf 0. 40 (50% EtOAc/hexane).

Experiment 13.7 Preparation and Analysis of Compound 41 N- (3- (4-bromo-2-methylpyrazol-3-yl) phenyl) (4-chlorophenyl) carboxamide [0294] To 4-chlorobenzoyl chloride (15 mg, 0.08 mmol) in CH2C12 (1 mL) was added dropwise a solution of 3- (3-aminophenyl)-4-bromo-2-methylpyrazole (21 mg, 0.08 mmol) and triethylamine (12 AL, 0.08 mmol) in CH2C12 (0.5 mL). The mixture was stirred for 16 h and concentrated. Chromatography on flash silica (50% EtOAc/hexane) gave the title compound as a colourless solid (23 mg, 72%), m. p. 184. 4-184. 8 °C (EtOAc/hexane).

MS (ES+): m/z (%) =394 (M+H 8lBr 37C1, 34), 392 (M+H'9Br 3'Cl (8'Br 35C1), 100), 390 (M+H 79Br 35C1, 67).

'H-NMR (DMSO d6) : 8 =3.79 (3H, s, CH3), 7.25 (1H, d, J=7.9, ArH), 7.51-7. 6 (3H, m, ArH), 7.69 (1H, s, ArH), 7.90 (2H, m, ArH), 8.00 (2H, m, ArH), 10.51 (1H, s, NH).

[0295] HPLC: retention time 3.40 min (Method A). TLC : Rf 35 (50% EtOAc/hexane).

Experiment 13.8 Preparation and Analysis of Compound 42 N- (3- (4-bromo-2-methylpyrazol-3-yl) phenyl)-2- (4- (trifluorometlioxy) phenyl) acetamide [0296] A solution of 3- (3-aminophenyl)-4-bromo-2-methylpyrazole (35 mg, 0.14 mmol) and triethylamine (23 , L, 0.17 mmol) in DMF (0.5 mL) was added in one portion to a stirred solution of 4-trifluoromethoxyphenylacetic acid (31 mg, 0.14 mmol), HBTU (53 mg, 0.14 mmol) and HOBT (19 mg, 0.14 mmol) in DMF (1 mL). The mixture was heated at 70 °C for 24 h and then quenched with aqueous sodium bicarbonate solution. Ethyl acetate was added and the organic phase separated, washed with water (. times. 3), brine, dried (MgS04) and evaporated.

[0297] Chromatography on flash silica (50% EtOAc/hexane) gave the title compound as a colourless solid (43 mg, 68%). m. p. 141.2-142. 5 oC (EtOAc/hexane).

IR: v =1684, 1592,1510, 1253,1217, 1157,987, 798,700 oTri'.

MS (ES+): m/z (%) =456 (M+H"Br, 100), 454 (M+H 79Br, 94).

'H-NMR (DMSO d6) : 8 =3.72 (2H, s, CH2), 3.75 (3H, s, CH3), 7.17 (1H, d, J=7. 7, ArH), 7.33 (2H, d, J=8.7, ArH), 7.38-7. 51 (3H, m, ArH), 7.62-7. 73 (3H, m, ArH), 10.44 (1H, s, NH).

[0298] HPLC: retention time 3.52 min (Method A).

Experiment 13.9 Preparation and Analysis of Compound 43 N- (3- (4-bromo-2-methylpyrazol-3-yl) phenyl)-2- (3-fluorophenyl) acetamide [0299] A mixture of 3- (3-aminophenyl)-4-bromo-2-methylpyrazole (30 mg, 0.12 mmol), 3- fluorophenylacetic acid (18 mg, 0.12 mmol), 1-hydroxybenzotriazole hydrate (16 mg, 0.12 mmol) and 2-(lH-benzotriazole-l-yl)-1, 1, 3, 3-tetramethyluronium hexafluoro-phosphate (46 mg, 0.12 mmol) were dissolved in chloroform (1.5 ml). N, N-Diisopropylethylamine (0.02 ml, 0.13 mmol) was added and the mixture stirred at room temperature for 16 h. The reaction mixture was then poured into brine and the organic layer washed with further brine, dried over magnesium sulphate and then concentrated in vacuo. The crude product was purified by column chromatography (ethyl acetate-toluene, 1: 1), giving the title compound (12 mg, 26%). Rf 0. 41 (ethyl acetate-toluene, 1: 1).

MS (AP+): m/z (%) =390 (M-H"Br 100), 388 (M-H"Br, 100).

'H-NMR (CDC13) : 6 = 3.77 (2H, s), 3.83 (3H, s), 7.02-7. 20 (4H, m), 7.54 (1H, s), 7.60-7. 63 (1H, m).

[0300] HPLC (Method B): retention time 7.07 min (100%).

Experiment 13.10 Preparation and Analysis of Compound 44 N- (3- (4-bromo-2-methylpyrazol-3-yl) phenyl)-2- (3-methoxyphenyl) acetamide [0301] A solution of 3-methoxyphenylacetyl chloride (0.02 ml, 0.12 mmol) in dichloromethane (0. 75ml) was added dropwise at 0 °C to a solution of 3- (3-aminophenyl)-4-bromo-2- methylpyrazole (30 mg, 0.12 mmol) and triethylamine (0.02 ml, 0.13 mmol) in dichloromethane (0.75 ml). The resulting mixture was stirred at room temperature for 16 h and then poured into brine. The organic layer was washed with more brine then dried over magnesium sulphate and concentrated in vacuo. The crude product was purified by column chromatography (ethyl acetate-toluene, 1: 1), giving the title compound (9 mg, 19%). Rf 0. 30 (ethyl acetate-toluene, 1: 1).

MS (AP+): m/z (%) =402 (M+H 8'Br, 100), 400 (M+H'9Br, 95).

'H-NMR (CDCI3) : 6 = 3.76 (2H, s), 3.82 (3H, s), 3.85 (3H, s), 6.84-6. 90 (3H, m), 7.07-7. 44 (5H, m), 7.53 (1H, s), 7.60 (1H, br s).

[0302] HPLC (Method B): retention time 8.62 min (97.09%). aH (CDCl3) Experiment 13.11 Preparation and Analysis of Compound 45 N- (3- (4-bromo-2-methylpyrazol-3-yl) phenyl)-2- (2-fluorophenyl) acetamide [0303] A mixture of3- (3-aminophenyl)-4-bromo-2-methylpyrazole (30 mg, 0.12 mmol), 2- fluorophenylacetic acid (18 mg, 0.12 mmol), 1-hydroxybenzotriazole hydrate (16 mg, 0.12 mmol) and 2-(lH-benzotriazole-l-yl)-1, 1, 3,3-tetramethyluronium hexafluoro-phosphate (46 mg, 0.12 mmol) were dissolved in chloroform (1.5 ml). N, N-Diisopropylethylamine (0.02 ml, 0. 13mmol) was added and the mixture stirred at room temperature for 16 h. The reaction mixture was then poured into brine and the organic layer washed with further brine, dried over magnesium sulphate and then concentrated in vacuo. The crude product was purified by column chromatography (ethyl acetate-toluene, 1: 1), giving the title compound (15 mg, 32%). Rf0. 52 (ethyl acetate-toluene, 1: 1).

MS (AP+): m/z (%) =390 (M+H $'Br, 100), 388 (M+H"Br,-100).

'H-NMR (CDC13) : S = 3.79 (2H, s), 3.83 (3H, s), 7.11-7. 23 (3H, m), 7.30-7. 55 (6H, m), 7.61-7. 64 (1H, m).

[0304] HPLC (Method B): retention time 7.28 min (100%).

Experiment 13.12 Preparation and Analysis of Compound 46 N- (3- (4-bromo-2-methylpyrazol-3-yl) phenyl)-2- (4-nitrophenyl) acetamide [0305] A mixture of 3- (3-aminophenyl)-4-bromo-2-methylpyrazole (30 mg, 0.12 mmol), 4- nitrophenylacetic acid (22 mg, 0.12 mmol), 1-hydroxybenzotriazole hydrate (16 mg, 0.12 mmol) and 2-(lH-benzotriazole-l-yl)-1, 1, 3,3-tetramethyluronium hexafluorophosphate (46 mg, 0.12 mmol) were dissolved in chloroform (1.5 ml). N, N-Diisopropylethylamine (0.02 ml, 0.13 mmol) was added and the mixture stirred at room temperature for 16 h. The reaction mixture was then poured into brine and the organic layer washed with further brine, dried over magnesium sulphate and then concentrated in vacuo. The crude product was purified by column chromatography (ethyl acetate-toluene, 1: 1), giving the title compound (9 mg, 18%). Rf 0. 19 (ethyl acetate-toluene, 1: 1).

MS (AP+): m/z (%) =417 (M+H"'Br, 100), 415 (M+H 79Br, 100).

'H-NMR (CDC13) : ß = 3.83 (3H, s), 3.87 (2H, s), 7.18-7. 23 (1H, m), 7.42-7. 65 (7H, m), 8.22-8. 30 (2H, m).

[0306] HPLC (Method B): retention time 7.22 min (94. 30%).

Experiment 13.13 Preparation and Analysis of Compound 47 N- (3- (4-bromo-2-methylpyrazol-3-yl) phenyl)-2- (2-methoxyphenyl) acetamide [0307] A mixture of 3- (3-aminophenyl)-4-bromo-2-methylpyrazole (30 mg, 0.12 mmol), 2- methoxyphenylacetic acid (20 mg, 0.12 mmol), 1-hydroxybenzotriazole hydrate (16 mg, 0.12 mmol) and 2-(lH-benzotriazole-l-yl)-1, 1, 3,3-tetramethyluronium hexafluorophosphate (46 mg, 0.12 mmol) were dissolved in chloroform (1.5 ml). N, N-Diisopropylethylamine (0.02 ml, 0.13 mmol) was added and the mixture stirred at room temperature for 16 h. The reaction mixture was then poured into brine and the organic layer washed with further brine, dried over magnesium sulphate and then concentrated in vacuo. The crude product was purified by column chromatography (chloroform-methanol, 99: 1), giving the title compound (18 mg, 38%) as a colourless solid. Rf 0. 65 (chloroform-methanol, 98: 2).

MS (AP-): m/z (%) =400 (M-H"Br, 90), 398 (M-H 79Br, 100).

'H-NMR (CDCl3) 6=3. 76 (2H, s), 3.83 (3H, s), 3.98 (3H, s), 6.97-7. 06 (2H, m), 7.11- 7.16 (1H, m), 7.31-7. 50 (4H, m), 7.53 (1H, s), 7.57-7. 60 (1H, m), 7.91 (1H, br s).

[0308] HPLC (Method B): retention time 7.16 min (100%).

[0309] One or the other (as indicated) of the two following synthetic protocols was used to generate each of the compounds below: Protocol A: [0310] To an isocyanate (1 mmol) in CH2C12 (4 mL) was added dropwise a solution of 3- (3- aminophenyl)-4-bromo-2-methylpyrazole (1 mmol) in CH2CI2 (4 mL). The mixture was stirred for 16 hours and concentrated. Chromatography on flash silica (20%-80% EtOAc/hexane) followed by recrystallisation gave the pure urea.

Protocol B: [0311] To a stirred solution of triphosgene (0.33 mmol) in CH2CI2 (4 mL) was added dropwise a solution of 3- (3-aminophenyl)-4-bromo-2-methylpyrazole (l mmol) and triethylamine (2 mmol) in CH2C12 (4 mL). After 1 hour, an aniline was added (1 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred for 16 hours and concentrated. Chromatography on flash silica (20%-80% EtOAc/hexane) followed by recrystallisation gave the pure urea. : Experiment 13.14 Preparation and Analysis of Compound 11 N- (3- (4-bromo-2-methylpyrazol-3-yl) phenyl) ( (4-methylthiophenyl) amino) carboxamide [0312] (Protocol A)-4- (methylthio) phenyl isocyanate; colorless solid (EtOAc/hexane).

MS (ES+): m/z (%) = 419 (M+H 8'Br, 100), 417 (M+H 79Br, 94).

'H-NMR (MeOH d4): d = 2.42 (3H, s, SCH3), 3.81 (3H, s, NCH3), 7.06 (1H, m, ArH), 7.22 (2H, m, ArH), 7.37 (2H, m, ArH), 7.42-7. 61 (4H, m, ArH).

[0313] HPLC: retention time 3.35 min (Method A).

Experiment 13.15 Preparation and Analysis of Compound 8 N- (3- (4-bromo-2-methylpyrazol-3-yl) plienyl) ( (4-chlorophenyl) amino) carboxamide [0314] (Protocol A) -4-chlorophenyl isocyanate; colorless solid (EtOAc/hexane).

MS (ES+): m/z (%) = 409 (M+H 3IBr 37Cl, 19), 407 (M+H 79Br 37Cl (81Br 35Cl), 100), 405 (M+H 79Br 35Cl, 81).

1H-NMR (MeOH d4): d = 3.81 (3H, s, CH3), 7.07 ('H, m, ArH), 7.23 (2H, m, ArH), 7.36-7. 60 (6H, m, ArH).

[0315] HPLC: retention time 3.42 min (Method A).

Experiment 13.16 Preparation and Analysis of Compound 9 ( (3- (4-bromo-2-methylpyrazol-3-yl) phenyl) amino)-N- (4-fluorophenyl) carboxamide [0316] (Protocol A)-4-fluorophenyl isocyanate; colorless solid (EtOAc/hexane).

MS (ES+) : m/z (%) = 391 (M+H 81Br, 96), 389 (M+H 79Br, 100).

'H-NMR (MeOH d4): 5 = 3.81 (3H, s, CH3), 6.93-7. 11 (3H, m, ArH), 7.37-7. 61 (6H, m, ArH).

[0317] HPLC: retention time 3.11 min.

Experiment 13.17 Preparation and Analysis of Compound 12 ( (3- (4-bromo-2-methylpyrazol-3-yl) phenyl) amino)-N- (2- (trifluoromethoxy) phenyl) carboxamide [0318] (Protocol A)-2- (trifluoromethoxy) phenyl isocyanate; colorless solid (EtOAc/hexane).

MS (ES+) : m/z (%) = 457 (M+H 81Br, 100), 455 (M+H"Br, 95).

1H-NMR (DMSO d6) : 8 = 3.79 (3H, s, CH3), 7.06-7. 18 (2H, m, ArH), 7. 38-7. 49 (2H, m, ArH), 7.51-7. 62 (2H, m, ArH), 7.65 (1H, m, ArH), 7.71 (1H, s, ArH), 8.24 (1H, dd, J=l. 1, 8.2, ArH), 8.56 (1H, s, NH), 9.49 (1H, s, NH).

[0319] HPLC: retention time 3.40 min.

Experiment 13.18 Preparation and Analysis of Compound 13 ( (3- (4-bromo-2-methylpyrazol-3-yl) phenyl) amino)-N- (2-nitrophenyl) carboxamide [0320] (Protocol A) -2-nitrophenyl isocyanate;

yellow solid (EtOAc/hexane).

MS (ES+): m/z (%) = 418 (M+H"Br, 98), 416 (M+H 79Br, 100).

'H-NMR (DMSO d6) : 6 = 3.79 (3H, s, NCH3), 7.14 (1H, m, ArH), 7.24 (1H, m, ArH), 7.50 (1H, t, J=7.7, ArH), 7.60 (2H, m, ArH), 7.67 (1H, s, ArH), 7.71 (1H, s, ArH), 8.10 (1H, m, ArH), 8. 29 (1H, m, ArH), 9.65 (1H, s, NH), 10.09 (1H, s, NH).

[0321] HPLC: retention time 3.10 min (Method A).

Experiment 13.19 Preparation and Analysis of Compound 14 ( (3- (4-bromo-2-methylpyrazol-3-yl) phenyl) amino)-N- (4-methoxyphenyl) carboxamide [0322] (Protocol A) -4-methoxyphenyl isocyanate; colorless solid (EtOAc/hexane).

MS (ES+): m/z (%) = 403 (M+H $'Br, 100), 401 (M+H"Br, 96).

'H-NMR (DMSO d6) : 6 = 3.71 (3H, s, OCH3), 3.79 (3H, s, NCH3), 6.87 (2H, d, J=8.9, ArH), 7.06 (1H, d, J=7.5, ArH), 7. 39 (2H, d, J=8.9, ArH), 7.45-7. 61 (3H, m, ArH), 7.65 (1H, s, ArH), 8.52 (1H, s, NH), 8.84 (1H, s, NH).

[0323] HPLC: retention time 3.08 mm Experiment 13.20 Preparation and Analysis of Compound 15 ( (3- (4-bromo-2-methylpyrazol-3-yl) phenyl) amino)-N-(2-methylphenyl)carboxamide [0324] (Protocol A) -o-tolyl isocyanate; colorless solid (EtOAc/hexane).

MS (ES+): m/z (%) = 387 (M+H $lBr, 94), 385 (M+H 79Br, 100).

'H-NMR (MeOH d4) : 8 = 2.29 (3H, s, CH3), 3.81 (3H, s, NCH3), 7.03 (1H, dt, J=1. 1, 7.5, ArH), 7.09 (1H, dt, J=l. 1, 7.5, ArH), 7.13-7. 22 (2H, m, ArH), 7.45 (1H, t, J=7.9, ArH), 7.49-7. 57 (2H, m, ArH), 7.60-7. 68 (2H, m, ArH).

[0325] HPLC: retention time 2.96 min.

Experiment 13.21 Preparation and Analysis of Compound 16 ( (3- (4-bromo-2-methylpyrazol-3-yl) phenyl) amino)-N- (4- (trifluoromethyl) phenyl) carboxamide [0326] (Protocol A)-4- (trifluoromethyl) phenyl isocyanate; colorless solid (EtOAc/hexane).

MS (ES+): m/z (%) = 441 (M+H 81Br, 94), 439 (M+H 79Br, 100).

'H-NMR (MeOH d4): 8 = 3.82 (3H, s, CH3), 7.04-7. 16 (3H, m, ArH), 7.20-7. 47 (6H, m, ArH).

[0327] HPLC: retention time 3.56 min. : Experiment 13.22 Preparation and Analysis of Compound 17 ( (3- (4-bromo-2-methylpyrazol-3-yl) phenyl) amino)-N- (3-chlorophenyl) carboxamide [0328] (Protocol A) -3-chlorophenyl isocyanate; colorless solid (EtOAc/hexane).

MS (ES+): m/z (%) = 409 (M+H 3lBr 37Cl, 26), 407 (M+H 79Br 37Cl (8lBr 35Cl), 100), 405 (M+H 79Br 35Cl, 70).

'H-NMR (MeOH d4): 8 = 3.81 (3H, s, NCH3), 7.04 (1H, m, ArH), 7.10 (1H, m, ArH), 7.28 (2H, m, ArH), 7.47 (1H, t, J=7.8, ArH), 7.55 (1H, m, ArH), 7.63 (1H, m, ArH), 7.68 (1H, s, ArH), 7.73 (1H, m, ArH), 9.04 (2H, s, NH).

[0329] HPLC: retention time 3.20 min (Method A).

Experiment 13.23 Preparation and Analysis of Compound 18 ( (3- (4-bromo-2-methylpyrazol-3-yl) phenyl) amino)-N-(2-chlorophenyl)carboxamide [0330] (Protocol A) -2-chlorophenyl isocyanate; colorless solid (EtOAc/hexane).

MS (ES+): m/z (%) = 409 (M+H 81Br 37Cl, 24), 407 (M+H 79Br 37Cl (81Br 35Cl), 100), 405 (M+H 79Br 35Cl, 72).

'H-NMR (MeOH d4): 8 = 3.81 (3H, s, NCH3), 7.03 (1H, m, ArH), 7.11 (1H, m, ArH), 7.28 (1H, m, ArH), 7.35-7. 53 (3H, m, ArH), 7.55 (1H, s, ArH), 7.62 (1H, m, ArH), 8.11 (1H, m, ArH).

[0331] HPLC: retention time 3.13 mm Experiment 13.24 Preparation and Analysis of Compound 19 ( (3- (4-bromo-2-methylpyrazol-3-yl) phenyl) amino)-N- (4- (methylethyl) phenyl) carboxamide [0332] (Protocol A) -4-isopropylphenyl isocyanate; colorless solid (THF/hexane).

MS (ES+): mlz (%) = 415 (M+H"Br, 100), 413 (M+H 79Br, 92).

'H-NMR (MeOH d4): 6 = 1.23 (6H, d, J=6.8, 2xCH3), 2.86 (1H, septet, J=6.8, CH), 3.82 (3H, s, NCH3), 7.09 (1H, m, ArH), 7.16 (2H, d, J=7. 6, ArH), 7. 31 (2H, d, J=7.6, ArH), 7.42-7. 51 (2H, m, ArH), 7.54 (1H, s, ArH), 7.59 (1H, m, ArH).

[0333] HPLC: retention time 3.66 min.

Experiment 13.25 Preparation and Analysis of Compound 20 ( (3- (4-bromo-2-methylpyrazol-3-yl) phenyl) amino)-N- (3-methoxyphenyl) carboxamide [0334] (Protocol A) -3-methoxyphenyl isocyanate; colorless solid (EtOAc/hexane).

MS (ES+): walz (%) = 403 (M+H $'Br, 100), 401 (M+H 79Br, 96).

'H-NMR (MeOH d4): 5 = 3.73 (3H, s, OCH3), 3.81 (3H, s, NCH3), 6.59 (1H, m, ArH), 6.91 (1H, m, ArH), 7.08 (1H, m, ArH), 7.14 (2H, m, ArH), 7.39-7. 61 (4H, m, ArH).

[0335] HPLC: retention time 2.90 min.

Experiment 13. 26 Preparation and Analysis of Compound 21 ( (3- (4-bromo-2-methylpyrazol-3-yl) phenyl) amino)-N-(3-methylphenyl)carboxamide [0336] (Protocol A) -m-tolyl isocyanate ; : colorless solid (EtOAc/hexane).

MS (ES+): m/z (%) = 387 (M+H"Br, 100), 385 (M+H 79Br, 96).

1H-NMR (DMSO d6) : 8 = 2.26 (3H, s, CH3), 3.76 (3H, s, NCH3), 6.79 (1H, m, ArH), 7.06-7. 22 (3H, m, ArH), 7.29 (1H, m, ArH), 7.43-7. 62 (3H, m, ArH), 7.68 (1H, s, ArH), 8.65 (1H, s, NH), 8.89 (1H, s, NH).

[0337] HPLC: retention time 3.05 min (Method A).

Experiment 13.27 Preparation and Analysis of Compound 22 ( (3- (4-bromo-2-methylpyrazol-3-yl) phenyl) amino)-N-methyl-N- (4- (trifluoromethoxy) phenyl) -carboxamide [0338] (Protocol B)-N-methyl-4-(trifluoromethoxy) aniline; pale yellow solid (EtOAc/hexane).

MS (ES+) : m/z (%) = 471 (M+H $'Br, 88), 469 (M+H 79Br, 100).

'H-NMR (MeOH d4): 8 = 3.35 (3H, s, NCH3), 3.81 (3H, s, NCH3), 7.09 (1H, m, ArH), 7.25-7. 51 (8H, m, ArH).

[0339] HPLC: retention time 3.56 min (Method A).

Experiment 13.28 Preparation and Analysis of Compound 23 N- (4- (tert-butyl) phenyl) ( (3- (4-bromo-2-methylpyrazol-3-yl) phenyl) amino) carboxamide (Protocol B)-4-tert-butylaniline ; [0340] colorless solid (EtOAc/hexane).

MS (ES+): m/z (%) = 429 (M+H $lBr, 98), 427 (M+H"Br, 100).

'H-NMR (DMSO d6) : 8 = 1.27 (9H, s, 3xCH3), 3.79 (3H, s, NCH3), 7.07 (1H, d, J=7. 5, ArH), 7.29 (2H, d, J=8.7, ArH), 7.37 (2H, d, J=8.7, ArH), 7.45 (1H, t, J=7.5, ArH), 7.51-7. 60 (2H, m, ArH), 7.66 (1H, s, ArH), 8.65 (1H, s, NH), 8.83 (1H, s, NH).

[0341] HPLC: retention time 3.77 min.

Experiment 13.29 Preparation and Analysis of Compound 24 N- (4- (dimethylamino) phenyl) ( (3- (4-bromo-2-methylpyrazol-3-yl) phenyl) amino) carboxamide (Protocol B)-N,N-dimethyl-p-phenylenediamine ; [0342] colorless solid (EtOAc/hexane).

MS (ES+): m/z (%) = 416 (M+H"Br, 96), 414 (M+H 79Br, 100).

'H-NMR (DMSO d6) : 8 = 2.86 (6H, s, NCH3), 3.80 (3H, s, NCH3), 6.80 (2H, m, ArH), 7.09 (1H, d, J=7.7, ArH), 7.28 (2H, m, ArH), 7.42 (1H, t, J=7.8, ArH), 7.52 (1H, m, ArH), 7.59 (1H, s, ArH), 7.67 (1H, s, ArH), 8.45 (1H, s, NH), 8.75 (1H, s, NH).

[0343] HPLC: retention time 2.07 min (Method A).

Experiment 13.30 Preparation and Analysis of Compound 25 N- (3, 5-dichloro-4-methylphenyl) ( (3- (4-bromo-2-methylpyrazol-3-yl) phenyl) amino) carboxamide (Protocol B) -3, 5-dichloro-4-methylphenylamine; [0344] colorless solid (EtOAc/hexane).

MS (ES+): m/z (%) = 457 (M+H, 35), 455 (M+H, 100), 453 (M+H, 65).

'H-NMR (DMSO d6) : 8 = 2.32 (3H, s, CH3), 3.79 (3H, s, NCH3), 7.11 (1H, d, J=7.4, ArH), 7.46 (1H, t, J=7.8, ArH), 7.50-7. 64 (4H, m, ArH), 7.68 (1H, s, ArH), 9.02 (1H, s, NH), 9.09 (1H, s, NH).

[0345] HPLC: retention time 3.66 min.

Experiment 13.31 Preparation and Analysis of Compound 26 ( (3- (4-bromo-2-methylpyrazol-3-yl) phenyl) amino)-N- (4- (trifluoromethylthio) phenyl) carboxamide (Protocol B)-4- (trifluoromethylthio) aniline ; [0346] colorless solid (EtOAc/hexane).

MS (ES+): m/z (%) = 473 (M+H 8'Br, 100), 471 (M+H 79Br, 94).

'H-NMR (DMSO d6) : 8 = 3.81 (3H, s, NCH3), 7.11 (1H, d, J=7.5, ArH), 7.47 (1H, t, J=7. 9, ArH), 7.51-7. 63 (6H, m, ArH), 7.66 (1H, s, ArH), 9.03 (1H, s, NH), 9.16 (1H, s, NH).

HPLC: retention time 3.76 min.

Experiment 13.32 Preparation and Analysis of Compound 31 ( (3- (4-bromo-2-methylpyrazol-3-yl) phenyl) amino)-N- (cyclohexyl) carboxamide [0347] (Protocol B) -cyclohexylamine; : colorless solid, m. p. 155.5-156. 3°C (EtOAc/hexane).

MS (ES+): m/z (%) = 379 (M+H"Br, 93), 377 (M+H 79Br, 100).

'H-NMR (DMSO d6) : 5 = 1.07-1. 34 (5H, m, 5xCH), 1.52 (1H, m, CH), 1.63 (2H, m, 2xCH), 1.76 (2H, m, 2xCH), 3.48 (1H, m, NCH), 3.74 (3H, s, CH3), 6.15 (1H, d, J=7.8, ArH), 6.98 (1H, d, J=7.5, ArH), 7.32-7. 43 (2H, m, ArH), 7.51 (1H, m, NH), 7.62 (1H, s, ArH), 8.50 (1H, s, NH).

[0348] HPLC: retention time 3.16 min (Method A). : TLC: retention factor 0.35 (50% EtOAc/hexane).

Experiment 13.33 Preparation and Analysis of Compound 32 ( (3- (4-bromo-2-methylpyrazol-3-yl) phenyl) amino)-N-(phenylmethyl) carboxamide [0349] (Protocol B) -benzylamine ; colorless solid, m. p. 144.5-146. 2°C (EtOAc/hexane).

IR : mav = 1622, 1565,1467, 1374,1239, 973,802, 752,695 caf.

MS (ES+): m/z (%) = 387 (M+H"Br, 89), 385 (M+H 79Br, 100).

'H-NMR (CD30D) : 8 = 3.81 (3H, s, CH3), 4.40 (2H, s, CH2), 7.05 (1H, m, ArH), 7.19-7. 51 (9H, m, ArH).

[0350] HPLC: retention time 3.06 min (Method A).

Experiment 13.34 Preparation and Analysis of Compound 27 ( (3- (4-bromo-2-methylpyrazol-3-yl) phenyl) amino)-N- (2-fluorophenyl) carboxamide [0351] (Protocol A)-2-fluorophenyl isocyanate; colorless solid (DCM/hexane).

MS (ES+): m/z (%) = 391 (M+H"Br, 100), 389 (M+H 79Br, 90).

'H-NMR (MeOH d4): 8 = 3.79 (3H, s, NCH3), 7.00-7. 11 (4H, m, ArH), 7.40-7. 56 (3H, m, ArH), 7.61 (1H, m, ArH), 8.09 (1H, m, ArH).

[0352] HPLC: retention time 3.01 min.

Experiment 13.35 Preparation and Analysis of Compound 28 2-(((3-(4-bromo-2-methylpyrazol-3-yl phenyl) -amino) carbonylamino) benzamide

[0353] (Protocol B)-2-aminobenzamide ; colorless solid (EtOAc/hexane).

MS (ES+): nZ/z (%) = 399 (M+H-17 8'Br, 100), 397 (M+H-17 79Br, 94).

'H-NMR (DMSO d6): 5 = 3.79 (3H, s, NCH3), 6.93-7. 10 (2H, m, ArH), 7.45 (2H, t, J=7.8, ArH), 7.59-7. 72 (5H, m, ArH), 8.22 (2H, m), 9.92 (1H, s, NH), 10.69 (1H, s, NH).

[0354] HPLC: retention time 2.88 min.

Experiment 13.36 Preparation and Analysis of Compound 29 ( (3- (4-bromo-2-methylpyrazol-3-yl) phenyl) amino)-N- (4-cyanophenyl) carboxamide [0355] (Protocol B) -4-aminobenzonitrile ; colorless solid (EtOAc/hexane).

MS (ES+): m/z (%) = 398 (M+H 81Br, 100), 396 (M+H"Br, 96).

'H-NMR (MeOH d4): 8 = 3.81 (3H, s, NCH3), 7.12 (1H, m, ArH), 7.46-7. 57 (3H, m, ArH), 7.62-7. 69 (5H, m, ArH).

[0356] HPLC: retention time 3.12 min.

Experiment 13.37 Preparation and Analysis of Compound 30 ( (3- (4-bromo-2-methylpyrazol-3-yl) phenyl) amino)-N-(2-cyanophenyl) carboxamide [0357] (Protocol B) -2-aminobenzonitrile ; colorless solid (EtOAc/hexane).

MS (ES+): m/z (%) = 398 (M+H"Br, 95), 396 (M+H 79Br, 100).

'H-NMR (CDC13) : 8 = 3.79 (3H, s, CH3), 7.13-7. 28 (2H, m, ArH), 7.49 (1H, t, J=7.8, ArH), 7.57 (1H, m, ArH), 7.62 (1H, m, ArH), 7.65-7. 71 (2H, m, ArH), 7.78 (1H, m, ArH), 8.07 (1H, d, J=8.6, ArH), 8.83 (1H, s, NH), 9.62 (1H, s, NH).

[0358] HPLC: retention time 3.05 min (Method A).

Experiment 13.38 Preparation and Analysis of Compound 33 ( (3- (4-bromo-2-methylpyrazol-3-yl) phenyl) amino)-N- (4-fluorophenyhnethyl) carboxamide

[0359] (Protocol B) -4-fluorobenzylamine ; colorless solid, m. p. 185.5-186. 6°C (EtOAc/hexane).

MS (ES+): m/z (%) = 405 (M+H"Br, 97), 403 (M+H 79Br, 100).

'H-NMR (DMSO d6) : 5 = 3.75 (3H, s, CH3), 4.28 (2H, d, J=6.0, CH2), 6.73 (1H, t, J=5.9, NH), 7.01 (1H, d, J=7.5, ArH), 7.10-7. 18 (2H, m, ArH), 7.27-7. 41 (4H, m, ArH), 7.56 (1H, s, ArH), 7.62 (1H, s, ArH), 8.82 (1H, s, NH).

[0360] HPLC: retention time 3.10 min (Method A).

[0361] TLC : retention factor 0.25 (50% EtOAc/hexane).

Experiment 13.39 Preparation and Analysis of Compound 34 ( (3- (4-bromo-2-methylpyrazol-3-yl) phenyl) amino)-N- (3, 4- dimethoxyphenylmethyl) carboxamide [0362] (Protocol B)-3, 4-dimethoxybenzylamine : colorless solid, m. p. 174.9-175. 5°C (EtOAc/hexane).

MS (CI+): m/z (%) = 447 (M+H"Br, 100), 445 (M+H 79Br, 92).

1H-NMR (DMSO d6) : 8 = 3.71 (3H, s, CH3), 3.73 (3H, s, CHs), 3.76 (3H, s, CH3), 4.22 (2H, d, J=5.8, CH2), 6.62 (1H, t, J=5.7, NH), 6.80 (1H, m, ArH), 6.89 (2H, m, ArH), 6.98 (1H, m, ArH), 7.36-7. 51 (3H, m, ArH), 7.63 (1H, s, ArH), 8.76 (1H, s, NH).

[0363] HPLC: retention time 2.86 min (Method A).

[0364] TLC: retention factor 0.20 (50% EtOAc/hexane).

Experiment 13.40 Preparation and Analysis of Compound 35 ( (3- (4-bromo-2-methylpyrazol-3-yl) phenyl) amino)-N- (3, 4,5- trimethoxyphenylmethyl) carboxamide [0365] (Protocol B) -3, 4, 5-trimethoxybenzylamine ; colorless solid (EtOAc/hexane).

MS (CI+) : tnlz (%) = 477 (M+H 81Br, 100), 475 (M+H 79Br, 95).

'H-NMR (DMSO d6) : 8 = 3.63 (3H, s, OCH3), 3.75 (9H, s, 3xCH3), 4.21 (1H, d, J=5.9, CH2), 6.61 (2H, s, ArH), 6.65 (1H, t, J=5. 9, NH), 6.99 (1H, m, ArH), 7.40 (1H, t, J=7.7, ArH), 7.45 (1H, m, ArH), 7.56 (1H, m, ArH), 7.64 (1H, s, ArH), 8.77 (1H, s, NH) [0366] HPLC: retention time 5.91 min (Method B).

[0367] TLC: retention factor 0.50 (50% EtOAc/hexane).

Experiment 13.41 Preparation and Analysis of Compound 36 N- (3- (4-bromo-2-methylpyrazol-3-yl) phenyl)- ( ( (2-methylphenyl) methyl) amino) carboxamide [0368] (Protocol B)-2-methylbenzylamine ; colorless solid (EtOAc/hexane).

MS (CI+): tnlz (%) = 401 (M+H"Br, 96), 399 (M+H 79Br, 100).

'H-NMR (DMSO d6): # = 2.28 (3H, s, CH3), 3.76 (3H, s, NCH3), 4.28 (1H, d, J=5.8, CH2), 6.60 (1H, t, J=5.8, NH), 7.01 (1H, m, ArH), 7.15 (3H, m, ArH), 7.24 (1H, m, ArH), 7.38-7. 50 (2H, m, ArH), 7.57 (1H, m, ArH), 7.65 (1H, s, ArH), 8.77 (1H, s, NH).

[0369] HPLC: retention time 2.74 min (Method A).

[0370] TLC: retention factor 0.20 (50% EtOAc/hexane).

Experiment 13.42 Preparation and Analysis of Compound 37 ( (3- (4-bromo-2-methylpyrazol-3-yl) phenyl) amino)-N- (4-methoxyphenylmethyl) carboxamide [0371] (Protocol B)-4-methoxybenzylamine ; colorless solid (EtOAc/hexane).

MS (CI+): m/z (%) = 417 (M+H 8'Br, 94), 415 (M+H 79Br, 100).

'H-NMR (DMSO d6) : 8 = 3.72 (3H, s, CH3), 3.77 (3H, s, NCH3), 4.22 (1H, d, J=5.9, CH2), 6.62 (1H, t, J=5.9, NH), 6.90 (2H, d, J=8.8, ArH), 7.00 (1H, m, ArH), 7.23 (2H, d, J=8.8, ArH), 7.39 (1H, t, J=7.8, ArH), 7.43 (1H, m, ArH), 7.56 (1H, m, ArH), 7.64 (1H, s, ArH), 8.73 (1H, s, NH).

[0372] HPLC: retention time 6.41 min (Method B).

[0373] TLC: retention factor 0.25 (50% EtOAc/hexane).

Experiment 13.43 Preparation and Analysis of Compound 38 ( (3- (4-bromo-2-methylpyrazol-3-yl) phenyl) amino)-N- (2- (4-methoxy) phenylethyl) carboxamide [0374] (Protocol B)-2- (4-methoxyphenyl) ethylamine ; colorless solid (EtOAc/hexane).

MS (ES+): m/z (%) = 431 (M+H $'Br, 95), 429 (M+H 79Br, 100).

'H-NMR (DMSO d6) : 8 = 2.68 (2H, t, J=7.1, CH2), 3.31 (2H, m, CH2), 3.71 (3H, s, CH3), 3.77 (3H, s, CH3), 6.16 (1H, t, J=5.8, NH), 6.87 (2H, d, J=8.6, ArH), 6.99 (1H, dt, J=1.4, 7.3, ArH), 7.16 (2H, d, J=8.6, ArH), 7. 33-7. 48 (2H, m, ArH), 7.52 (1H, m, ArH), 7.63 (1H, s, ArH), 8.71 (1H, s, NH).

[0375] HPLC: retention time 6.62 min (Method B).

EXAMPLE 14 Experiments 14.1-14. 19 General Synthetic Strategies, Preparation and Analysis of Compounds [0376] Compounds of certain embodiments of the invention were prepared according to the procedures below.

General Synthetic Strategies [0377] Tributyltin pyrazole 14-9 was synthesized from pyrazole 14-12 in 80 % chemical yield. Pyrazole 14-12 was directly lithiated with LDA at-78 °C followed by quenching with Bu3SnCl. Tributyltin pyrazole 14-9 is fairly stable on silica gel and can be stored at room temperature without any decomposition for up to one month in the air. Zinc pyraole 14-10 was also formed under lithiation with LDA or ra-BuLi at-78 °C followed by quenching with ZnCl2 in high yields. Zinc pyraole 14-10 was freshly synthesized for coupling reactions (Scheme 14-1).

14-10 Scheme 14-1 [0378] 1,3-Dinitrobenzene 14-13 was commercially available and iodinated with 12 and H2S04 (oleum) to afford. iodobenzene 14-14 in 68 % yield. lodobenzene 14-14 was coupled with tributyltin pyrazole 14-9 under 7 % PdCl2 (PPh3) 2 to afford coupled product 14-15 in 85 % yield which could also be separable by recrystallization in ethanol and synthesize in quantity (i. e. , 20g scale).

Regiospecific bromination of 14-16 occurred smoothly under Br2 in dichloromethane at room temperature (Scheme 14-2). NOz NO ? N02 H2SO4 PdCl2 (PPh3) 2 (20% oleum) TBF, reflux I2/14-9 170-180 °C O2N I 14-12 68% 14-14 85% 14-12 " 14-14 N02 N02 CH3 Br2 CH3 02N N, CH2C12 02N N, I/N 92% I/ Br 14-15 14-16

Scheme 14-2 [0379] A number of reagents have been used for selective reduction of nitroaromatic compounds, the most common being alcoholic basic hydrogen sulfide, alcoholic ammonium sulphide, and alcoholic sodium polysulphide. However, the product amines from these reactions are generally obtained in low yields and are often difficult to purify. The hydrosulfide-induced reaction was investigated intensively by Idoux and is superior to the previously reported method. Based on this

result, dinitro 14-16 was reduced to aniline 14-17 with NaSH in CH30H ; 2.7 equivalents of NaSH were needed to complete the reaction. Double reduced compound was also detected on the LCMS, but it was less than 5 % (Scheme 14-3).

[0380] Aniline 14-17 was also fluorinated under HFsPyr and NaN02 to furnish 14-18 in 90 % yield. 14-18 could be reduced with SnCl2 as a usual way to form flouroaniline 14-19 in 91 % yield.

The precursor 14-19 was coupled with various isocyanates, acyl halides and sulfonyl halides to form urea, amide and sulfonamide type molecules respectively in good yields (Scheme 14-3). NH2 F NO2 1 CH3 NaSH_ I/N"3 g'-P I CH3 02N I I NN CH30H 2N I N NaNOz 2N 70 °C, 89% BB 130 °C, 90% Br r 14-16 14-17 14-18 F coupling coupling Urea type molecules EtO Amide type molecules HN I NN isocyanates Sulfonamide type molecule reflux N acyl halides 91% Br or sulfonyl halides 14-19

Scheme 14-3 [0381] The following contains the list of representative fluorinated compounds synthesized (TABLE 14-1).

Table 14-1 Compounds of the invention containing a fluoride functionality.

Compound 96 Compound 100 Compound 101 Compound 98 Compound 97 Compound 103

Compound 183 [0382] In addition, as shown in Scheme 14-3, aniline 14-17 was also alkylated with 2 equivalents of CH3I and NaH at room temperature in 86 % yield. Finally, 14-17 was reduced with SnCl2-H20 in EtOH at a reflux condition to furnish the aminomethylated precursor 14-21 in 85 % yield (Scheme 14-4). NH2 H3C-N-CH3 H3C-N-CH3 CH3 MeI, NaH ß CH3 SnCI2 ß, CH3 s N, OZN N 86% p2N/N, EtOH H2N N X N reflux

14-17 14-20 14-21 Scheme 14-4 [0383] Aniline 14-21 was coupled with various isocyanates, acyl chlorides and sulfonyl chlorides to form aminodimethylated compound of the invention in high yields (TABLE 14-2).

Table 14-2 Compounds of the invention containing N, N-dimethylamino fuctionality.

Compound 113 Compound 129 Compound 136

Compound 105 Compound 119 Compound 144 [0384] The amino group on aniline 14-17 was transformed into a hydroxy group under H2SO4 and NaNO2 to give phenol 14-22 in a 57 % yield. Phenol 14-22 was methylated with MeI and NaH in DMF followed by reduction with SnCl2H2O in EtOH providing aniline 14-24 in good yields (Scheme 14-5).

14-17 14-22 OMe OMe Mel I CH3 SnC12 I CH3 MeI (CH3 SnCl2 I CH3 /N,-/N NaH 2N N EtOH H2N I N 92% Br reflux ~84% ber 14-23 14-24

Scheme 14-5 [0385] Aniline 14-24 was coupled with various isocyanates, acyl chlorides and sulfonyl chlorides to furnish the compounds of the invention containing a methoxy group (TABLE 14-3).

Table 14-3 Compounds of the invention containing methoxy fuctionality. OCH3 OCH3 OCH3 C'C C H3 0 H3 3 C, C, C, Br Br Br Br Br Compound 152 Compound 158 Compound 163 OCH3 OCH3 CI OCH3 OCH3 OCH3 Cl OCH3 Br Cl"'N 0 3 C, H3 , 3, H : CI H H I H H I H H N, N, N, Compound 159 Compound 154 Compound 156 OCH3 AH HJXH3 0 cl H H I Br Compound 162

[0386] An introduction of a hydroxy group on the aromatic ring was also attempted. Phenol 14-22 was protected with TBS-C1 in pyridine at room temperature followed by reduction with SnCl2H2O in EtOH to afford silylether 14-25 in high yield. After reduction with SnClz, aniline 14-26 was coupled with 4-chlorophenyl isocyanate at room temperature and deprotected with TBAF in situ to furnish Compound 157 of the invention in 89 % yield after column chlomatography on silica gel (Scheme 14-6). OH OTBS 3 TBS-Cl, Pyr CH SnCI N I, s z C 02N N, N 96% p2 [j I NN EtOH reflux Ber ~87% 14-22 14-25 OTBS cl OH 0 cl3 ,Hs NCO N N H2N IN 2 2) TB'F 8r Bu

14-26 Compound 157 Scheme 14-6 [0387] The list of compounds of the invention containing a hydroxy functionality is shown below (TABLE 14-4).

Table 14-4 Compounds of the invention containing hydroxy functionality Compound 157 Compound 151

Compound 161 Compound 150 [0388] Several attempts for introduction of cycloamines on the aromatic group have been made. The direct substitution reaction of various cyclic amines under mild conditions gave desired products. For these reactions, DMSO is the choice of solvents (Scheme 14-7).

Scheme 14-7

[0389] Fluoro phenyl 14-18 was treated with pyrrolidine in DMSO to afford 14-27 in 93% yield. Subsequently, pyrrolidine 14-27 was reduced with four equivalents of SnCk-2H2O in EtOH to furnish the precursor 14-28 in 91 % yield. N-Methyl piperazine and morpholine were introduced to the aromatic group in the same manner to achive the precursors 14-29 and 14-30 respectively. With these precursors available, the coupling reactions were compelted with various isocyanates, acyl chlorides and sulfonyl chlorides. TABLES 14-5,14-6 and 14-7 show additional compounds of the invention.

Table 14-5 Compounds of the invention containing pyrrolidine fuctionality.

N N meo 0 c1 0 H3 MeO s o N i N, i N, Cl Br Br Br N J, I C, I) I Compound 125 Compound 141 Compound 115 CH3 N N N 'Tl ! A''TY ! A T"L ! A ? W NJN s N, NJN i N, NJN s N, H H I N H H I N H H N F NC H3C-0 H3 H3 0 H3 C C'CH Compound 110 Compound 131 Compound 143 0 Q NH3 \ I NN I/N S : I/N H I N H H I N I/H N CI Br Br Br 0- B B Compound 184 Compound 122 Compound 145 Br \ I I N I l I/N S I/N H H I N H H I N I \ H N Br Br t B F) 3 4 MNH. rc Compound 109 Compound 148 Compound 118 Table 14-5 Continued CH3 OII I CH3 I OII I CH3 /N \ J/N/N N H I/N ON H H I N I/H Br Br Br Compound 106 Compound 137 Compound 108 Q N II CH3 II ') a N, H2N N N I'N N N N Br Br Compound 135 Compound 140 Table 14-6 Compounds of the invention containing N-methyl piperazine fuctionality. CH3 CH H gNß 3 rNA (N) N N CI \ I o I N H \ I p I CN3 I II I CH3 N W NN N H H I N H H I N H H cri JL'H H t H H t Br Br Br Compound 117 Compound 124 Compound 133 CHs CHg CHs Cy CN) N N N 0 CH, 0 CH13 CH3 H H H H N H H N Br Br Br Compound 116 Compound 147 Compound 112 CH3 CH3 0 0 N N NU II CH3 II CH3 HJH N, N HJH/ N, N Br Br Compound 127 Compound 132 Table 14-7 Compounds of the invention containing morpholine fuctionality.

ENJ (ON) (N) Cl 0 cl J/N \ J J H H H H N H H N 8r Br Br H H J H H JN H H J Br Compound 121 Compound 120 Compound 142 0 0 0 Me0 \ I I \ GH3 NC/I o I N hi I N Hs /N \ J H H I N H H I N H H Br Br Br B B Compound 146 Compound 128 Compound 111 C SND C 'N"N"N- 1 1 1 PH3 N N N "-'P-N 0 N I I N N-'/N N N-''i Compound 107 Compound 126 Compound 134 Experiment 14.1 Preparation and Analysis of Compound 1, 3-Dinitro iodobenzene 14-14:

[0390] 1,3-Dinitobenzene (10 g, 59.5 mmol) and 12 (7.5 g, 29.5 mmol) were dissolved in 20% oleum (75.9 g) and heated to 170 °C for 45 min. The reaction mixture was maintained at 170-180 °C for lhr. The temperature was lowered to room temperature. The mixture was poured into crushed ice (500 g) and stirred for 2 hrs. The solid material was filtered and washed with H20 (500 mL). The solid was dissolved in EtOAc (250 mL) and washed with H2O (150 mL x 2). The EtOAc was dried over MgS04 and concentrated under vaccum to afford to the desired product 14-14 in 62 % yield (10.8 g). Rf= 0.52 (EtOAc/Hex = 1/4).

Experiment 14.2 Preparation and Analysis of Compound Pyrazole 14-15

[0391] Iodobenzen 14-14 (2 g, 6.8 mmol) was dissolved in anhydrous THF (20 mL) and treated with tributyltin pyrazole 14-9 (2.5 g, 6.8 mmol, see Scheme 14-1) and PdCl2 (PPh3) 2 (0.48 g, 0.68 mmol). The mixture was heated to reflux. After refluxing for 12hrs, the reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature and concentrated under vaccum. The residue was dissolved in EtOAc (50 mL) and washed with Ho0 (50 mL x 2). The EtOAc was dried over MgS04 and concentrated under vaccum. The crude compound was recrystallized in EtOH (30 mL) to afford the desired coupled product 14-15 (1.41 g, 84 %). Rf= 0.5 (EtOAc/Hex = 1/3).

Experiment 14.3 Preparation and Analysis of Compound Bromo pyrazole 14-16 [0392] To a solution of 14-15 (0.4 g, 1.6 mmol) in dichloromethane (5 mL), was added dropwise Br2 (91 IlL, 1.77 mmol) in dichloromethane (1 mL) for 5 min at 0 °C. After addition of Br2, the reaction mixture was warmed to room temperature and stirred for 2 hrs. The reaction mixture was washed with Hz0 (10 mL) and triturated with EtOH to afford yellowish crystals of the desired product (0.46 g, 92 %) Rf= 0.72 (EtOAc/Hex = 1/2).

Experiment 14.4 Preparation and Analysis of Compound Aniline 14-17

[0393] Dinitrophenyl 14-16 (0.6 g, 1.8 mmol) was dissolved in MeOH (40 mL) and toluene (10 mL) and heated to refluxing. NaSH (262 mg, 4.68 mmol) in MeOH (10 mL) was added into the solution for 45 min. The reaction mixture was stirred for 30 min at the same temperature and cooled to room temperature. The reaction mixture was concentrated under vaccum and dissolved in EtOAc (20 mL). The EtOAc was washed with H20 (20 mL x 2) and dried over MgSO4. The crude product was purified over column chromatography (Rf= 0. 51, EtOAc/Hex = 1/1) to afford to a yellow solid as the desired product 14-17 (487 mg, 91 %).

Experiment 14.5 Preparation and Analysis of Compound Fluorophenyl pyrazole 14-18 [0394] Aniline 14-17 (0.3 g, 1.01 mmol) was added into HFPyr (2.6 mL) at 0 °C and warmed to room temperature. After stirring for 30 min, the solution was cooled to-30 °C and NaN02 (77 mg, 1.11 mmol) added portionwise for 10 min. The reaction mixture was maintained at-30 °C for 30 min. The mixture was then heated to 145 °C and stirred for 10 min. The reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature and quenched with crushed ice (10 mL). The crude product was extracted with EtOAc (20 mL), dried over MgS04 and concentrated under vaccum. The crude material was purified by column chromatograph (EtOAc/Hex = 1/1, Rf= 0.85) to afford a yellow crystal as desired product 14-17 (275 mg, 91%).

Experiment 14.6 Preparation and Analysis of Compound Fluoro aniline 14-19

[0395] A 5 mL round-bottom flask was charged with 100 mg of 14-18 (0.33 mmol) and SnCl22H20 (0.3 g, 1.33 mmol) and dissolved in EtOH (3 mL). The mixture was refluxed for 1.5 hrs and cooled to room temperature. The reaction was under concentrated under vaccum and extracted with EtOAc (20 mL x 2) and H2O (20 mL). The EtOAc was dried over MgSO4, concentrated under vaccum and purified over silica gel (EtOAc/Hex = 1/1, Rf = 0.41) to afford a white crystal of the desired product 14-19 (79 mg, 89%).

Experiment 14.7 Preparation and Analysis of Compound Dimethyl aniline 14-20 [0396] Aniline 14-17 (1.0 g, 3. 36 mmol) was dissolved in DMF (5 mL) in a 10 mL round- bottom flask. The solution was cooled to 0 °C and treated with 60 % NaH (404 mg, 10.08 mmol). The reaction mixture was maintained at the same temperature for 30 min and warmed to room temperature. The mixture was quenched with 100 uL of EtOH and extracted with EtOAc (20 mL).

The EtOAc was dried over MgSO4 and concentrated under vaccum. The residue was purified over silica gel (EA/Hex = 1/1, Rf = 0.81) to afford yellow solids as the desired product 14-20 (858 mg, 86%).

Experiment 14.8 Preparation and Analysis of Compound Aniline 14-21

[0397] A 5 mL round-bottom flask was charged with 103 mg of 14-20 (0.33 mmol) and SnCk 2H2O (0.3 g, 1.33 mmol) and dissolved in EtOH (3 mL). The mixture was refluxed for 1.5 hrs and cooled to room temperature. The reaction was under concentrated under vaccum and extracted with EtOAc (20 mL x 2) and H20 (20 mL). The EtOAc was dried over MgS04, concentrated under vaccum and purified over silica gel (EtOAc/Hex = 1/1, Rf = 0.41) to afford a white crystal as desired product 14-21 (82 mg, 85%).

Experiment 14.9 Preparation and Analysis of Compound Phenol 14-22 [0398] Aniline 14-17 (2 g, 6.73 mmol) was dissolved in H2S04 (5 mL) and H2O (5 mL) at 0 °C. The mixture was warmed to room temperature and stirred for 30 min. The solution was treated with NaN02 (557 mg, 808 mmol) at-30 °C and stirred for 1 hr. The reaction mixture was heated to 100 °C and stirred for 1 hr. The resulting mixture was cooled to room temperature and quenched with crushed ice (10 g). The mixture was extracted with EtOAc (20 mL x 2). The EtOAc was dried over MgS04 and concentrated under vaccum. The residue was purified over silica gel (EtOAc/Hex = 1/1, Rf= 0.52) to afford the white crystals of desired product 14-22 (1.13 g, 57%).

Experiment 14.10 Preparation and Analysis of Compound Anisole 14-23

[0399] To a cooled solution of phenol 14-22 (657 mg, 2.2 mmol) in DMF (5 mL) was treated with 60 % NaH (106 mg, 2.65 mmol). The resulting mixture was stirred at 0 °C and treated with CH3I (165 IlL, 2.65 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred for 1 hr and warmed to room temperature. The mixture was poured into H20 (10 mL) and extracted with EtOAc (10 rnL x 2). The EtOAc was dried over MgS04 and concentrated under vaccum. The residue was purified over silica gel (EtOAc/Hex = 1/1, rif= 0.75) to afford desired anisole 14-23 (629 mg, 92%).

Experiment 14.11 Preparation and Analysis of Compound Aniline 14-24 [0400] A 25 mL round-bottom flask wad charged with 103 mg of anisole 14-23 (2.08 mmol) and SnCl2@2H2O (2.13 g, 8.36 mmol) and dissolved in EtOH (10 mL). The mixture was refluxed for 1.5 hrs and cooled to room temperature. The reaction was concentrated under vaccum and extracted with EtOAc (30 mL x 2) and H20 (30 mL). The EtOAc was dried over MgS04, concentrated under vaccum and purified over silica gel (EtOAc/Hex = 1/1, Rf = 0.41) to afford a white crystal of desired product 14-24 (489 mg, 84 %).

Experiment 14.12 Preparation and Analysis of Compound Silyl ether 14-25

[0401] To a solution of phenol 14-22 (lg, 3.38 mmol) dissolved in pyridine (3 mL) was added TBS-Cl (611 mg, 4.05 mmol) and the resulting solution was allowed to stir for 10 hrs. The reaction mixture was poured into H20 (20 mL) and extracted with EtOAc (20 mL x 2). The EtOAc was washed with 1.0 N HC1 (10 mL) dried over MgS04 and concentrated under vaccum to afford crude product 14-25 (1. 36 g, 96%). The crude product was used for the next step without further purification (EtOAc/Hex = 1/1, rif= 0.89).

Experiment 14.13 Preparation and Analysis of Compound Aniline 14-26 [0402] A 25 mL round-bottom flask was charged with 1.0 g of 14-25 (2.4 mmol) and SnCl2@2H2O (2.19 g, 9.7 mmol) and dissolved in EtOH (10 mL). The mixture was refluxed for 1.5 hrs and cooled to room temperature. The reaction was concentrated under vaccum and extracted with EtOAc (30 mL x 2) and H20 (30 mL). The EtOAc was dried over MgS04, concentrated under vaccum and purified over silica gel (EtOAc/Hex = 1/1, Rf = 0.41) to afford a white crystal of desired product 14-26 (798 mg, 87 %).

Experiment 14. 14 Preparation and Analysis of Compound Pyrrolidine 14-27

[0403] Fluorophenyl pyrazole 14-18 (2.6 g, 8.67 mmol) was directly weighed into a 50 mL round-bottom flask and dissolved in DMSO (10 mL). The solution was treated with pyrrolidine (2.2 mL, 26 mmol) and heated to 80 °C. After stirring for 2 hrs, the reaction was poured into H20 (50 mL) and extracted with EtOAc (20 mL x 2). The EtOAc was washed with 1.0 N HC1 (10 mL), dried over MgS04 and concentrated under vaccum. The residue was purified over silica gel to afford the desired product 14-27 (2.77 g, 93%).

Experiment 14.15 Preparation and Analysis of Compound Aniline 14-28 [0404] A 50 mL round-bottom flask was charged with 2.0 of Pyrrolidine 14-27 (5.7 mmol) and SnCl22H20 (5.8 g, 22.8 mmol) charged dissolved in EtOH (30 mL). The mixture was refluxed for 1.5 hrs and cooled to room temperature. The reaction was concentrated under vaccum and extracted with EtOAc (50 mL x 2) and H20 (50 mL). The EtOAc was dried over MgSO4, concentrated under vaccum and purified over silica gel (EtOAc/Hex = 1/1, Rf= 0.41) to afford a white crystal of desire product 14-28 (1.66 g, 91 %).: Experiment 14.16 Preparation and Analysis of Compound N-Methylpiperazine 14-29

[0405] Fluorophenyl pyrazole 14-18 (2.6 g, 8.67 mmol) was directly weighed into a 50 mL round-bottom flask and dissolved in DMSO (10 mL). The solution was treated with 4- methylpiperazine (1.5 mL, 17.3 mmol) and heated to 80 °C. After stirring for 2 hrs, the reaction was poured into H2O (50 mL) and extracted with EtOAc (20 mL x 2). The EtOAc was washed with 1.0 N HC1 (10 mL), dried over MgS04 and concentrated under vaccum. The crude product was used for the next step without further purification. A 100 mL round-bottom flask was charged with the crude compound and SnCk2H2O (8.86 g, 34.7 mmol) and dissolved in EtOH (70 mL). The mixture was refluxed for 1.5 hrs and cooled to room temperature. The reaction was concentrated under vaccum and extracted with EtOAc (50 mL x 2) and H20 (50 mL). The EtOAc was dried over MgS04, concentrated under vaccum and purified over silica gel EtOAc (Hex =1/1, Rf= 038) to afford a white crystal of desired product 14-29 (2.12 g, 69.7 % in 2 steps).

Experiment 14.17 Preparation and Analysis of Compound Morpholine 14-30 [0406] Fluorophenyl pyrazole 14-18 (509 mg, 1.69 mmol) was directly weighed into a 5 mL round-bottom flask and dissolved in DMSO (3 mL). The solution was treated with morpholine (295 wL, 3.38 mmol) and heated to 80 °C. After stirring for 2 hrs, the reaction was poured into H20 (10 mL) and extracted with EtOAc (10 mL x 2). The EtOAc was washed with 1.0 N HC1 (5 mL), dried

over MgS04 and concentrated under vaccum. The curde product was used for the next step without further purification. A 25 mL round-bottom flask was charged with the crude compound and SnCl2*2H2O (1.72 g, 6.79 mmol) and dissolved in EtOH (20 mL). The mixture was refluxed for 1.5 hrs and cooled to room temperature. The reaction was concentrated under vaccum and extracted with EtOAc (10 mL x 2) and H2O (10 mL). The EtOAc was dried over MgSO4, concentrated under vaccum and purified over silica gel (EtOAc/Hex = 1/1, Rf = 0.45) to afford a white crystal of desired product 14-30 (415 mg, 73.5 % in 2 steps).

Experiment 14.18 Preparation and Analysis of Compound Compound 158

Typical coupling reaction of the precursors and isocyanates: [0407] To a 1 mL oven dried vial, was aniline 14-24 (80 mg, 0.28 mmol, see Experiment 14- 11 and Scheme 14-5) dissolved in dichloroethane (0.3 mL) and treated with p-chlorophenyl isocyanate (53 mg, 0.34 mmol) at room temperature.

[0408] After stirring for 12 hrs, the solid was filtered, washed with dichloroethane (0.5 mL) and dried in vacuo to afford Compound 158 (90.1 mg, 75%).

Experiment 14.19 Preparation and Analysis of Compound Compound 100

Typical coupling reaction of the precursors and sulfonyl halides or acyl halides [0409] To a 1 mL oven dried vial, was aniline 14-19 (50 mg, 0.17 mmol, see Experiment 14- 6 and Scheme 14-3) dissolved in dichloromethane (0. 3 mL) and treated with p-fluorophenyl sulfonylchloride (40 mg, 0.20 mmol) and Et3N (28 L, 0.21 mmol) at 0 °C. The reaction was warmed

to room temperature and maintained for 4 hrs. The mixture was poured into H20 (10 mL) and extracted with EtOAc (20 mL x 2). The EtOAc was dried over MgS04, concentrated under vaccum and purified over silica gel (EtOAc/Hex = 1/2, Rf = 0.52) to afford Compound 100 as a white crystal (58 mg, 85%).: EXAMPLE 15 Experiments 15. 1-15. 22 General Synthetic Strategies, Preparation and Analysis of Compounds [0410] Compounds of certain embodiments of the invention were prepared according to the procedures below. The following abbreviations are employed herein: List of Abbreviations: DME Dimethoxyethylene THF Tetrahydrofuran Pd2 (dba) 3 Tris (dibenzylideneacetone) dipalladium NCS N-Clilorosuccinimide ACC 1, 1-Azobis (cyclohexanecarbonitrile) DIEA Diisopropylethylamine DMSO Dimethylsulfoxide Hex Hexanes EtOAc Ethyl Acetate GENERAL SYNTHETIC STRATEGIES [0411] N-Methyl pyrazole was lithiated with n-BuLi in THF at-78°C. The lithiated pyrazole was then exchanged with Iz to form iodopyrazole 15-1 in 78% yield. Suzuki coupling of 1 with 3-nitrophenylboronic acid provided coupled product 15-2 in 67-98% yield (Scheme 15-1). ZIP 02N B (OH) 2 N 1) n-BuLi/THF/-78°C l \g NX Pd2 (dba) 3/Cs2CO3 CCI 2) 12/THF t_# DME/H2O/80°C 15 1 I <, T N, 15-1 15-2 Scheme 15-1

[0412] Pyrazole 15-2 was brominated at 0°C to provide 15-3 in 68% yield. Intermediate 15- 3 was then reduced with iron in 1: 1 acetic acid/ethanol to afford aniline 15-4 in 80% yield. Aniline 15-4 was subsequently coupled with 2,4-difluorophenylisocyanate at room temperature to provide Compound 173 in 95% yield (Method A, Scheme 15-2).

Method A Fe/70°C 02N ./N OaN Y1 N > CH2CI2, 0o-25°C 1-1 Br 1 : 1 H2N X£S C H2O z D EA VNH HN i ßN 15-2 15. 3 Br F*'O F F 0 NCO) \ J' \ N N 25°C F/ 15-4 Br Br Compound 173

Scheme 15-2 [0413] Separately, Pyrazole 15-2 was chlorinated at 85°C with NCS providing intermediate chloropyrazole 15-5 in 87% yield. Intermediate 15-5 was then reduced with H2/Pd-C to provide aniline 15-6 in 88% yield. Aniline 15-6 was subsequently treated with 3, 4-difluorophenylisocyanate at room temperature to provide Compound 171 in 85% yield (Method B, Scheme 15-3).

Method B H I Pd-C 02N tJX NCS/ACC O N X H2/Pd-C 2 CCI4/85°C N MeOH 15-2 15-5 Cl F F F 0 F H N I F N N N H H 1/ 15-6 -CHaCl2, 25°C CI CI Compound 171 Scheme 15-3 [0414] The following compounds shown below were made in a similar manner as described above herein for Compound 173 and Compound 171. Compound R3 R13 Rla Rls RI6 RI Method Compound Name 165 Br H | F F H H A 1- [3- (4-Bromo-2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]-3- (3, 4-difluoro-phenyl)-urea 166 Br F H H | F | H | A 1- [3- (4-Bromo-2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]-3- (2, 5-difluoro-phenyl)-urea 167 Br H F H F H A 1- [3- (4-Bromo-2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]-3- (3, 5-difluoro-phenyl)-urea 168 Br H C1 F H H A 1- [3- (4-Bromo-2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]-3- (3-chloro-4-fluoro-phenyl)- urea 169 Br CF3 H F H H A 1- [3- (4-Bromo-2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]-3- (4-fluoro-2-trifluoromethyl- phenyl)-urea 170 | Br | H rF3 r F r H | H | A 170 Br H CF3 F H H A 1- [3- (4-Bromo-2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]-3- (4-fluoro-3-trifluoromethyl- phenyl)-urea 172 C1 | F H H F H B 1- [3- (4-Chloro-2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]-3- (2, 5-difluoro-phenyl)-urea 174 Br F F F H H A 1- [3- (4-Bromo-2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]-3- (2, 3, 4-trifluoro-phenyl)-urea 175 Cl H F H F H B 1- [3- (4-Chloro-2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]-3- (3, 5-difluoro-phenyl)-urea 176 l C1 | H | C1 | F | H | H | B l l l l l l l 1- (3-Chloro-4-fluoro-phenyl)-3- [3- (4-chloro-2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]- urea 177 | C1 | F | H | F | H | H | B 177 Cl F H F H H B 1- [3- (4-Chloro-2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]-3- (2, 4-difluoro-phenyl)-urea HsCIFFH HB 1- [3- (4-Chloro-2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]-3- (2, 3, 4-trifluoro-phenyl)-urea 179 Cl CF3 H F H H B 1- [3- (4-Chloro-2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]-3- (4-fluoro-2-trifluoromethyl- phenyl)-urea 180 Br CF3 H Cl H H A 1- [3- (4-Chloro-2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]-3- (4-chloro-2-trifluoromethyl- phenyl)-urea 181 Br H CF3 Cl H H A 1- [3- (4-Bromo-2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]-3- (4-chloro-3-trifluoromethyl- phenyl)-urea 182 Cl H CF3 F H H B l 1- [3- (4-Chloro-2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-phenyl]-3- (4-fluoro-3-trifluoromethyl- phenyl)-urea

PREPARATION AND ANALYSIS OF COMPOUNDS Experiment 15.1 Preparation and Analysis of Compound 5-Iodo-l-N-methylpyrazole 15-1 [0415] N-Methylpyrazole (10.0 mL, 120.6 mmol) was dissolved in THF (250 mL) and treated with n-BuLi (75.6 mL, 120.6 mmol) at-78°C under dry N2. The reaction was stirred for 30 min at-78°C. The reaction mixture was treated at-78°C with 12 (30.7 gm, 120.6 mmol) in THF (200 mL). The reaction was allowed to warm to room temperature and stirred an additional 3 hours. The mixture was quenched by the addition of NH4C1 (200 mL) stirring for 30 min. Extraction with EtOAc (3 x 100 mL) then washing of the organic phase with a 10% solution of Na2S2O3 removed the excess 12. The combined organic layers were then dried over Na2S04, filtered and the solvent removed under reduced pressure to provide 19.6g of 5-Iodo-l-N-methylpyrazole 15-1 in 78% yield (the material was used as crude in the next step): LCMS m/z 209 MH+. IH NMR (400 MHz. CDC13) o 7.46 (d, J = 2 Hz, 1H), 6.4 (d, J = 2 Hz, 1H), 3.9 (s, 3H).

Experiment 15.2 Preparation and Analysis of Compound Pyrazole 15-2 (Route-1) [0416] The intermediate iodopyrazole 15-1 (588 mg, 2.82 mmol) was dissolved in DME (5 mL) and H20 (500, uL). To this solution was added 3-nitrophenylboronic acid (943 mg, 5.65 mmol), CszCO3 (920 mg, 2.82 mmol) and Pd (Ph3P) 4 (555 mg, 0.48 mmol). The mixture was degassed with argon and heated to 80°C for 12 hours. After cooling to room temperature, brine (30 mL) was added and the mixture extracted with EtOAc (3 x 30 mL). The combined organic layers were dried over Na2SO4, filtered and the solvent removed under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by flash chromatography (Si02, Hexanes/EtOAc gradient elution) to provide 562 mg (98%) of pyrazole 15-2 as a pale yellow solid: LCMS m/z 204 Mu. in NMR (400 MHz. CDC13) a 8.25 (s, 1H), 8.22 (dd, J=7.8, 1.0 Hz, 1H), 7.74 (d, J=7.6 Hz, 1H), 7.64 (dd, J=8.0, 8.0 Hz, 1H), 7.52 (m, 1H), 6.39 (m, 1H), 3.92 (m, 3H).

Pyrazole 15-2 (Route-2) [0417] The intermediate iodopyrazole 5-1 (17. 4 gm, 83.5 mmol) was dissolved in DME (200 mL) and H2O (1 mL). To this solution was added 3-nitrophenylboronic acid (14.0 gm, 83.5 mmol), Cs2CO3 (27.4 gm, 83.5 mmol) and Pd2 (dba) 3 (1.37 gm, 14 mmol). The mixture was degassed with argon and heated to 80°C for 12 hours. After cooling to room temperature, brine (100 mL) was added and the mixture extracted with EtOAc (2 x 100 mL). The combined organic layers were dried over Na2S04, filtered and the solvent removed under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by flash chromatography (SiO2, Hexanes/EtOAc gradient elution) to provide 17.1 gm (67%) of Pyrazole 15-2 as a pale yellow solid: LCMS m/z 204 MH+. lH NMR (400MHz. CDC13) a 8.25 (s, 1H), 8. 22 (dd, J=7.8, 1.0 Hz, 1H), 7.74 (d, J=7. 6 Hz, 1H), 7.64 (dd, J=8.0, 8. 0 Hz, 1H), 7.52 (m, 1H), 6.39 (m, 1H), 3.92 (m, 3H).

Experiment 15.3 Preparation and Analysis of Compound Method A Bromopyrazole 15-3 [0418] Pyrazole 15-2 (5.79 g, 28.5 mmol) was dissolved in 150 mL of CH2Cl2 and cooled to 0°C. Bromine (5.40 g, 34.2 mmol) in CH2C12 (55 mL) was added drop wise under argon over 30 minutes. After the addition was complete, the reaction mixture stirred for 3 hours at room temp. The

reaction mixture was quenched with a saturated solution of Na2S203 and 1N NaOH. The layers were separated and the aqueous layer was extracted with CH2Cl2 (2x200 ml). The organic layers were combined, dried over Na2S04, and the solvent removed under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by flash chromatography (SiO2, Hexanes/EtOAc gradient elution) to provide 5.4 gm (68%) of Bromopyrazole 15-3 and 1.1 gm (14%) of unreacted starting material. LCMS m/z (%) = 284 (M+H8lBr, 100), 282 (M+H79Br, 89).'H NMR (400MHz. CDC13) o 8.33 (d, J=6.0 Hz, 1H), 8.29 (s, 1H), 7.77 (d, J=8.0 Hz, 1H), 7.71 (dd, J=8.0 Hz, 1H), 7.56 (s, 1H), 3.87 (s, 3H).

Intermediate 15-4: [0419] A slurry of pyrazole 15-3 (2.05 g, 7.26 mmol) in a 1: 1 mixture of acetic acid and ethanol (30 ml) was treated with iron powder (1.62 g, 29.0 mol) and heated to 70°C for 4 hours. The reaction mixture was allowed to cool to room temperature and 1N NaOH (100 ml) was added to form white precipitate (FeOH). EtOAc (100 mL) was added and filtered through celite. The organic layer was separated and the aqueous layer was extracted with EtOAc (2x100 ml). The organic layers were combined and dried over Na2S04, filtered, and concentrated to afford 1.46 g of 15-4, in 80% yield as a white solid. LCMS m/z (%) = 254 (M+HSlBr, 100), 252 (M+H9Br, 96). lu NMR (400MHz. CDCl3) a 7.50 (s, 2H), 7.26 (m, 2H), 6.75 (m, 2H), 6.68 (s, 1H), 3.81 (s, 3H).

Experiment 15.4 Preparation and Analysis of Compound Compound 173 [0420] Intermediate 4 (209 mg, 0.83 mmol, see Experiment 15.3) was dissolved in 3 mL of CH2C12, treated with 2,4-difluorophenylisocyanate (385 mg, 2.49 mmol), diisopropylethylamine (168 mg, 1.66 mmol), and stirred at room temperature overnight. The solvent was removed under reduced pressure, dissolved in DMSO (5 ml), and purified by preparative HPLC to afford Compound 173 as a white solid, 325 mg, 97% yield: LCMS m/z (%) = 409 (M+H8'Br, 100), 407 (M+lf9Br, 97).'H NMR (400 MHz. DMSO-d6) o 9.20 (s, 1H), 8.55 (s, 1H), 8.04 (m, 1H), 7.64 (m, 1H), 7.59 (s, 1H), 7.51 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 1H), 7.44 (dd, J=7.8 Hz, 1H), 7.29 (m, 1H), 7.09 (d, J=7.2 Hz, 1H), 7.03 (dd, J=8.8 Hz, 1H), 3.77 (s, 3H).

Experiment 15.5 Preparation and Analysis of Compound Compound 165 [0421] Intermediate 4 was treated with 3,4-difluorophenylisocyanate, in a similar manner to Compound 173, providing a 99% yield of Compound 165: LCMS m/z (%) = 409 (M+H8lBr, 100), 407 (M+H79Br, 97). lH NMR (400 MHz. DMSO-d6) a 8.98 (s, 2H), 7. 57 (m, 3H), 7.44 (dd, J=8.0 Hz, 1H), 7. 36 (d, J=9.2 Hz, 1H), 7.31 (d, J=9.6 Hz, 1H), 7.10 (m, 2H), 3.78 (s, 3H).

Experiment 15.6 Preparation and Analysis of Compound Compound 166 [0422] Intermediate 4 was treated with 2,5-difluorophenylisocyanate, in a similar manner to Compound 173, providing a 76% yield of Compound 166: LCMS m/z (%) = 409 (M+H3lBr, 100), 407 (M+H79Br, 97).'H NMR (400 MHz. CDCL3) a 7.93 (m, 1H), 7.79 (s, 1H), 7.73 (s, 1H), 7.57 (s, 1H), 7.50 (s, 1H), 7.24 (m, 2H), 7.10 (d, J=6.8 Hz, 1H), 6.96 (m, 1H), 6.64 (m, 1H), 3.82 (s, 3H).

Experiment 15.7 Preparation and Analysis of Compound Compound 167 [0423] Intermediate 4 was treated with 3, 5-difluorophenylisocyanate, in a similar manner to Compound 173, after chromatography on silica (Chromatatron, Hex/EtOAc gradient), providing a 45% yield of Compound 167: LCMS m/z (%) = 409 (M+H3lBr, 100), 407 (M+H79Br, 96).'H NMR (400 MHz. Acetone-d6) a 8.59 (s, 1H), 8.47 (s, 1H), 7.68 (s, 1H), 7.64 (d, J=8.0 Hz, 1H), 7.52 (s, 1H), 7.47 (dd, J=7.8 Hz, 1H), 7.24 (J=9.6 Hz, 2H), 7.14 (d, J=7. 6 Hz, 1H), 6.61 (dd, J=8.6 Hz, 1H), 3.83 (s, 3H).

Experiment 15.8 Preparation and Analysis of Compound Compound 168 [0424] Intermediate 4 was treated with 3-chloro-4-fluorophenylisocyanate, in a similar manner to Compound 173, providing a 91% yield of Compound 168: LCMS m/z (%) = 427 (M+H3lBr, 37C1, 33), 425 (M+H81Br, 35Cl & 79Br, 37Cl, 100), 423 (M+H79Br, 35C1, 63).'H NMR (400

MHz. Acetone-d6) o 8.41 (s, lH), 8.37 (s, 1H), 7.87 (m, lH), 7.69 (m, 1H), 7.62 (d, J=2.4 Hz, 1H), 7.52 (s, 1H), 7.45 (dd, J=7.8 Hz, 1H), 7.38 (m, 1H), 7.21 (dd, J=9.0 Hz, 1H), 7.12 (d, J=6.8 Hz, 1H), 3.83 (s, 3H).

Experiment 15.9 Preparation and Analysis of Compound Compound 169 [0425] Intermediate 4 was treated with 2-trifluoromethyl-4-fluorophenylisocyanate, in a similar manner to Compound 173, providing a 47% yield of Compound 169: LCMS m/z (%) = 459 (M+H81Br, 100), 457 (M+H79Br, 78).'H NMR (400 MHz. DMSO-d6) a 9.47 (s, 1H), 8.64 (s, 1H), 8.16 (s, 1H), 7.86 (m, 1H), 7.76 (m, 1H), 7.64 (s, 1H), 7.54 (m, 2H), 7.45 (dd, J=7.8 Hz, 1H), 7.09 (d, J=7.2 Hz, 1H), 3.77 (s, 3H).

Experiment 15.10 Preparation and Analysis of Compound Compound 170 [0426] Intermediate 4 was treated with 3-trifluoromethyl-4-fluorophenylisocyanate, in a similar manner to Compound 173, providing a 56% yield of Compound 170: LCMS m/z (%) = 459 (M+H8lBr, 100), 457 (M+H79Br, 82). 1H NMR (400 MHz. DMSO-d6) a 9.13 (s, 1H), 9.04 (s, 1H), 7.98 (m, 1H), 7.64 (m, 2H), 7.58 (s, 1H), 7.55 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 1H), 7.45 (m, 2H), 7.09 (d, J=8.8 Hz, 1H), 3.77 (s, 3H).

Experiment 15.11 Preparation and Analysis of Compound Compound 174 [0427] Intermediate 4 was treated with 2,3, 4-trifluorophenylisocyanate, in a similar manner to Compound 173, providing a 22% yield of Compound 174: LCMS m/z (%) = 427 (M+H8lBr, 100), 425 (M+H'9Br, 78).'H NMR (400 MHz. Acetone-d6) a 8.74 (s, 1H), 8.22 (s, 1H), 8.01 (m, 1H), 7.71 (m, 1H), 7.64 (d, J=8.0 Hz, 1H), 7.52 (s, 1H), 7.48 (dd, J=7.8 Hz, 1H), 7.15 (m, 2H), 3.84 (s, 3H).

Experiment 15.12 Preparation and Analysis of Compound Compound 180 [0428] Intermediate 4 was treated with 2-trifluoromethyl-4-chlorophenylisocyanate, in a similar manner to Compound 173, after chromatography on silica (Biotage, Hex/EtOAc gradient) provided Compound 180 in a 73% yield: LCMS m/z (%) = 477 (M+H8lBr, 3'Cl, 40), 475 (M+H8lBr, 35C1 & 79Br, 37Cl, 100), 473 (M+H79Br, 35C1, 72). lH NMR (400 MHz. Acetone-d6) a 9.04 (s, 1H), 8.19 (d, J=9.2 Hz, 1H), 7.77 (s, 1H), 7.66 (m, 4H), 7.52 (s, 1H), 7.48 (dd, J=8.0 Hz, 1H), 7.14 (d, J=7.6, 1H), 3.83 (s, 3H).

Experiment 15.13 Preparation and Analysis of Compound Compound 181 [0429] Intermediate 4 was treated with 3-trifluoromethyl-4-chlorophenylisocyanate, in a similar manner to Compound 173, providing a 56% yield of Compound 181: LCMS m/z (%) = 477 (M+H81Br, 37Cl, 34), 475 (M+H8lBr, 35C1 &79Br, 37Cl, 100), 473 (M+H79Br, 35C1, 62). 1H NMR (400 MHz. Acetone-d6) a 8.85 (s, 1H), 8.72 (s, 1H), 8.16 (d, J=2.8 Hz, 1H), 7.77 (s, J=8.8Hz, 1H), 7.71 (s, 1H), 7.67 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 1H), 7.55 (d, J=8.8 Hz, 1H), 7.52 (s, 1H), 7.48 (dd, J=7. 8 Hz, 1H), 7.14 (d, J=8.8, 1H), 3.84 (s, 3H).

Experiment 15.14 Preparation and Analysis of Compound Method B: Chloropyrazole 15-5 [0430] Pyrazole 15-2 (2.51 g, 12.3 mmol) was dissolved in 70 ml of CCl4 and heated to 85°C under reflux. N-Chlorosuccinirnide (1.81 g, 13.6 mmol) and 1, 1-Azobis (cyclohexanecarbonitrile) were added and stirred overnight. The reaction mixture was allowed to cool to room temperature then to 0°C and the white precipitate filtered off. The solvent was removed under reduced pressure and purified by flash chromatography (SiO2, Hexanes/EtOAc gradient elution) to provide 2.54 g, 87% yield of chloropyrazole 15-5. LCMS m/z (%) = 240 (M+H37C1, 54), 238 (M+H35Cl, 100). lu NMR (400 MHz. CDC13) a 8.33 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 1H), 8.31 (s, 1H), 7.78 (d, J=7.6 Hz, 1H), 7.72 (dd, J=7.8 Hz, 1H), 7.55 (s, 1H), 3.87 (s, 3H).

Intermediate 15-6: [0431] A slurry of the chloropyrazole 15-5 (973 mg, 4.09 mmol) was reduced at 55 psi H2/ Pd-C for 4 hours to provide 749 mg of intermediate 15-6 in 88% yield. LCMS m/z (%) = 210 (M+H37C1, 68), 208 (M+H35C1, 100).'H NMR (400 MHz. CDC13) a 7.47 (s, 2H), 7.29 (s, 1H), 7.25 (dd, J=3.8 Hz, 1H), 6.77 (d, J=2.0 Hz, 1H), 6.75 (d, J=2.0 Hz, 1H), 6.7 (m, 1H), 3.81 (s, 3H).

Experiment 15.15 Preparation and Analysis of Compound Compound 171 [0432] Intermediate 15-6 (200 mg, 0.96 mmol) was dissolved in 3 mL of CH2Ck, treated with 3,4-difluorophenylisocyanate (4.49 mg, 2.89 mmol), diisopropylethylamine (194 mg, 1.92 mmol), and stirred at room temperature overnight. The solvent was removed under reduced pressure, dissolved in DMSO (5 ml), and purified by preparative HPLC to afford Compound 171 as a white solid, 298 mg, 85% yield: LCMS m/z (%) = 365 (M+H37C1, 27), 363 (M+H35CI, 100). 1H NMR (400 MHz. DMSO-d6) # 8.95 (m, 2H), 7.62 (m, 3H), 7.52 (d, J=8.0 Hz, 1H), 7.45 (dd, J=7.8 Hz, 1H), 7.32 (m, 1H), 7.10 (m, 2H), 3.77 (s, 3H).

Experiment 15.16 Preparation and Analysis of Compound Compound 172 [0433] Intermediate 6 was treated with 2,5-difluorophenylisocyanate, in a similar manner to Compound 171, after chromatography on silica (Biotage, Hex/EtOAc gradient) providing a 57% yield of Compound 172: LCMS m/z (%) = 365 (M+H37C1, 32), 363 (M+H35Cl, 100).'H NMR (400 MHz.

CD30D) a 7.99 (m, 1H), 7.63 (s, 1H), 7.49 (m, 2H), 7.44 (dd, J=8.0 Hz, 1H), 7.10 (m, 3H), 6.69 (m, 2H), 3.81 (s, 3H).

Experiment 15.17 Preparation and Analysis of Compound Compound 175 [0434] Intermediate 6 was treated with 3, 5-difluorophenylisocyanate, in a similar manner to Compound 171, after chromatography on silica (Biotage, Hex/EtOAc gradient) providing a 20% yield of Compound 175: LCMS m/z (%) = 365 (M+H37C1, 27), 363 (M+H35C1, 100). lH NMR (400 MHz.

CDC13) o 7.50 (s, 1H), 7.44 (s, 1H), 7.43 (s, 1H), 7. 36 (s, 1H), 7.25 (s, 2H), 7.14 (m, 1H), 6.98 (d, J=6.8 Hz, 2H), 6.49 (m, 1H), 3.82 (s, 3H).

Experiment 15.18 Preparation and Analysis of Compound Compound 176 [0435] Intermediate 6 was treated with 3-chloro-4-fluorophenylisocyanate, in a similar manner to Compound 171, after chromatography on silica (Biotage, Hex/EtOAc gradient) providing a 21% yield of Compound 176: LCMS m/z (%) = 383 (M+H37Cl, 37Cl, 19), 381 (M+H37Cl, 35Cl, 73), 379 (M+H35Cl, 35Cl, 100).'H NMR (400 MHz. CDC13) o 7.50 (m, 2H), 7.43 (m, 2H), 7.25 (s, 1H), 7.19 (m, 1H), 7.13 (m, 1H), 7.06 (dd, J=8.6 Hz, 1H), 6.99 (s, 1H), 6.95 (s, 1H), 3.82 (s, 3H).

Experiment 15.19 Preparation and Analysis of Compound Compound 177 [0436] Intermediate 6 was treated with 2, 4-difluorophenylisocyanate, in a similar manner to Compound 171, after chromatography on silica (Biotage, Hex/EtOAc gradient) providing a 37% yield of Compound 177: LCMS m/z (%) = 365 (M+H37C1, 32), 363 (M+H35Cl, 100).'H NMR (400 MHz.

DMSO-d6) a 9.20 (s, 1H), 8.55 (s, 1H), 8.04 (m, 1H), 7.64 (s, 1H), 7.59 (s, 1H), 7.50 (d, J=5.6 Hz, 1H), 7.44 (dd, J=7.8, 1H), 7.29 (m, 1H), 7.09 (d, J=6.0, 1H), 7.03 (dd, J=8.8, 1H), 3.77 (s, 3H).

Experiment 15.20 Preparation and Analysis of Compound Compound 178 [0437] Intermediate 6 was treated with 2,3, 4-trifluorophenylisocyanate, in a similar manner to Compound 171, after chromatography on silica (Biotage, Hex/EtOAc gradient) providing a 45% yield of Compound 178: LCMS m/z (%) = 383 (M+H37Cl, 52), 381 (M+H35Cl, 100).'H NMR (400 MHz. Acetone-d6) a 8.68 (s, 1H), 8.17 (s, 1H), 8.02 (m, 2H), 7.72 (s, 1H), 7.63 (d, J=7.2 Hz, 1H), 7.51 (s, 1H), 7.48 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 1H), 7.16 (m, 1H), 3.83 (s, 3H).

Experiment 15.21 Preparation and Analysis of Compound Compound 179 [0438]. Intermediate 6 was treated with 2-trifluoromethyl-4-fluorophenylisocyanate, in a similar manner to Compound 171, after chromatography on silica (Biotage, Hex/EtOAc gradient) providing a 32% yield of Compound 179: LCMS (%) = 415 (M+lf7CI, 48), 413 (M+H35Cl, 100).'H NMR (400 MHz. Acetone-d6) c 8.92 (s, 1H), 8. 15 (s, 1H), 8.07 (dd, J=6.8 Hz, 1H), 7.96 (m, 1H), 7.72 (m, 1H), 7.62 (d, J=7.6 Hz, 1H), 7.49 (m, 3H), 7.14 (d, J=7.6 Hz, 1H), 3.82 (s, 3H).

Experiment 15.22 Preparation and Analysis of Compound Compound 182 [0439] Intermediate 4 was treated with 3-trifluoromethyl-4-fluorophenylisocyanate, in a similar manner to Compound 171, providing a 71% yield of Compound 182: LCMS m/z (%) = 415 (M+H37C1, 79), 413 (M+H35Cl, 100). lu NMR (400 MHz. Acetone-d6) a 8.50 (s, 1H), 8.45 (s, 1H), 8.04 (d, J=8.8 Hz, 1H), 7.76 (m, 1H), 7.71 (s, 1H), 7.62 (d, J=8.0 Hz, 1H), 7.51 (s, 1H), 7.48 (dd, J=7.8 Hz, 1H), 7.33 (dd, J=9.6 Hz, 1H), 7.15 (d, J=7.2 Hz, 1H), 3.83 (s, 3H).

EXAMPLE 16 Experiments 16.1-16. 5 General Synthetic Strategies, Preparation and Analysis of Compounds [0440] Compounds of certain embodiments of the invention were prepared according to the procedures below.

General Synthetic Strategies [0441] Various aryl functionalities were introduced on the phenyl ring. By way of example, dinitro 14-15 (see Schemel4-2) was reduced with NaSH in ethanol under reflux conditions, followed by bromination under Sandmyer's conditions to afford Aryl bromide 16-1 in 56 % yield (2 steps).

Aryl bromide 16-1 was coupled withp-methoxyphenyl boronic acid with Pd (PPh3) 4 and K2CO3 as a base in dioxane to furnish the coupled product 16-2 (Scheme 16-1). The reaction was very clean and the desired product was purified by recrystallization in ethanol. Coupled product 16-2 was subsequently brominated with Br2 in dichloromethane at room temperature (i. e. , 16-3) followed by reduction with SnCl2#2H2O in Ethanol to furnish the aniline precursor 16-4.4-Fluorophenyl functionality was also introduced on the ring in a similar manner (Scheme 16-2). N02 NH2 Bd Her, PH NASH CH3 NaN02 I 3 3-1 N, /N 14-16 14-17 16-1 74/o 14-16 14-17 16-1 See Scheme 14-2 See Scheme 14-3 OMe OMe 0 1 B (OH) 2 c3 Pd (PPh3) 4 02N N, N K2C03 84% 16-2 Scheme 16-1 OMe OMe OMe Br2 SnCI2 ka' , JUN. n JUN. H J z I/N 2 I/N 2 I/N Bu bu 16-2 16-3 16-4 F C CH3 H Ber 16-5 16-5 Scheme 16-2

[0442] Anilines 16-4 and 16-5 were coupled with various isocyanates, acyl halides and sulfonyl halides to form urea, amide and sulfonamide type molecules respectively in good yields. The tables of the new compounds are shown below (TABLES 16-1 and 16-2).

TABLE 16-1 Compounds of the invention containing p-methoxyphenyl functionality. LOCHS OCH i i OCH3 OCH3 ci 0 QH3 F 0 QH3 H HJ@N H H Br Br Compound 191 Compound 192 1- [5- (4-Bromo-2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3- 1- [5- (4-Bromo-2-methyl-2H- yl)-4'-methoxy-biphenyl-3-yl]-3- (4- pyrazol-3-yl)-4'-methoxy-biphenyl- chloro-phenyl)-urea 3-yl]-3- (4-fluoro-phenyl)-urea OCH3 OCH3 C QU3 NN NN , H H Br Cl H H H Br Br Compound 186 Compound 187 1- [5- (4-Bromo-2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3- 1- [5- (4-Bromo-2-methyl-2H-pyrazol- yl)-4'-methoxy-biphenyl-3-yl]-3- (4- 3-yl)-4'-methoxy-biphenyl-3-yl]-3- trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-urea (2, 4-dichloro-phenyl)-urea OCH3 OCH3 Br H3CO 0 QH3 'a I H H H H Br Br Compound 200 Compound 198 1- [5- (4-Bromo-2-methyl-2H 1- [5- (4-Bromo-2-methyl-2H pyrazol-3-yl)-4'-methoxy-biphenyl-pyrazol-3-yl)-4'-methoxy-b iphenyl- 3-yl]-3- (4-bromo-phenyl)-urea 3-yl]-3- (4-methoxy-phenyl)-urea OCH3 OCH3 NC 0 QH3 0 i i NC \ I \ I CH3 O l H H \ HH \ Br Br Compound 196 Compound 201 1- [5- (4-Bromo-2-methyl-2H 1- [5- (4-Bromo-2-methyl-2H- pyrazol-3-yl)-4'-methoxy-biphenyl-pyrazol-3-yl)-4'-methoxy-b iphenyl- 3-yl]-3- (4-cyano-phenyl)-urea 3-yl]-3- (4-isopropyl-phenyl)-urea OCHs OCHg i i I OCH3 OCH3 , N 0 QH3 0 QH3 H H H H Bu bu Compound 185 Compound 202 1- [5- (4-Bromo-2-methyl-2H-pyrazol- 1- [5- (4-Bromo-2-methyl-2H-pyrazol- 3-yl)-4'-methoxy-biphenyl-3-yl]-3-3-yl)-4'-methoxy-biphenyl- 3-yl]-3- (4-dimethylamino-phenyl)-urea (2-phenyl-cyclopropyl)-urea TABLE 16-1 Compounds of the invention containing p-fluorophenyl functionality.

F F 'TiL ? ft 3 YlL ? A C H H '"H H Br Br Compound 199 Compound 204 1- [5- (4-Bromo-2-methyl-2H 1- [5- (4-Bromo-2-methyl-2H pyrazol-3-yl)-4'-fluoro-biphenyl-3-pyrazol-3-yl)-4'-fluoro-b iphenyl-3- yl]-3- (4-chloro-phenyl)-urea yl]-3- (4-fluoro-phenyl)-urea F F I In F3C C CH3 F3C 0 QH3 H H I.' CI H H v I T bu B r Compound 194 Compound 190 1- [5- (4-Bromo-2-methyl-2H 1- [5- (4-Bromo-2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-pyrazol-3-yl)-4'-fluoro-bipheny l-3- 3-yl)-4'-fluoro-biphenyl-3-yl]-3- (4- yl_3- (2, 4-dichloro-phenyl)-urea trifluoromethyl-phenyl)-urea TY P f ! L PH3 CO J p F F i i Br \ I NN \ I CH3 H3C0 \ I NN \ I CH3 C, H H H H Br Br Compound 197 Compound 188 1- [5- (4-Bromo-2-methyl-2H 1- [5- (4-Bromo-2-methyl-2H- pyrazol-3-yl)-4'-fluoro-biphenyl-3-pyrazol-3-yl)-4'-fluoro-b iphenyl-3- yl]-3- (4-bromo-phenyl)-urea yl]-3- (4-methoxy-phenyl)-urea F F I i 0 qu3 C H H N H HJX Br Br Compound 193 Compound 195 1- [5- (4-Bromo-2-methyl-2H- 1- [5- (4-Bromo-2-methyl-2H- pyrazol-3-yl)-4'-fluoro-biphenyl-pyrazol-3-yl)-4'-fluoro-bip henyl-3- 3-yl]-3- (4-cyano-phenyl)-urea yl]-3- (4-isopropyl-phenyl)-urea F F T) 0 j CHs A 0 jj) CHs F F I /N w Jl I CH3 Jl I CH3 H H '"I H H p Br Br Compound 189 Compound 203 1- [5- (4-Bromo-2-methyl-2H-pyrazol- 1- [5- (4-Bromo-2-methyl-2H-pyrazol- 3-yl)-4'-fluoro-biphenyl-3-yl]-3- (4- 3-yl)-4'-fluoro-biphenyl-3-yl]-3- (2- dimethylamino-phenyl)-urea phenyl-cyclopropyl)-urea

Experiment 16.1 Preparation and Analysis of Compound Aryl bromide 16-1: [0443] Aniline 14-17 (9.89 g, 39.9 mmol, Experiment 14.4 and Scheme 14-3) was dissolved in MeOH (150 mL) and toluene (50 mL) and refluxed to dissolve all solids. NaSH (6.0 g, 107.7

mmol) in MeOH (50 mL) was added into the solution for 45 min. The reaction mixture was stirred for 30 min at the same temperature and cooled to room temperature. The reaction mixture was concentrated under vaccum and dissolved in EtOAc (250 mL). The EtOAc was washed with H20 (100 mL x 2), dried over MgS04 and concentrated to afford crude Aniline 14-17. The crude compound was used for the next step without further purification. The crude Aniline 14-17 was added into 45% HBr (50 mL) at 0 °C and warmed to room temperature. After stirring for 30 min, the solution was cooled to-30 °C and NaNOz (2.75 g, 39.9 mmol) added portionwise for 10 min. The reaction mixture was maintained at the same temperature for 30 min. The mixture was heated to 100 °C and stirred for 10 min. The reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature and quenched with crushed ice (250 g). The crude product was extracted with EtOAc (250 mL), dried over MgSO4 and concentrated under vaccum. The crude material was purified by column chromatograph (EtOAc/Hex = 1/1, rif= 0.85) to afford the desired product as a white crystal Aryl bromide 16-1 (5.8 g, 52.1 % in 2 steps).

Experiment 16.2 Preparation and Analysis of Compound Biaryl 16-2: [0444] Aryl bromide 16-1 (700 mg, 2.5 mmol), p-methoxyphenyl boronic acid (380 mg, 2.5 mmol) and Pd (PPh3) 4 (289 mg, 0. 25mmol) were directly weighed into a 25 mL round-bottom flask and dissolved in dioxane (10 mL). The solution was treated with K2C03 (760 mg, 5.5 mmol) in H2O (2.75 mL) and heated to 80 °C. After stirring for 4 hrs, the reaction was poured into H20 (50 mL) and extracted with EtOAc (20 mL x 2). The EtOAc was dried over MgSO4 and concentrated under vaccum. The residue was purified over silica gel (EtOAc/Hex = 1/2, Rf = 0.64) to afford Biaryl 16-2 as a white crystal (649 mg, 84.2%). : Experiment 16.3 Preparation and Analysis of Compound Amino biaryl 16-4:

[0445] To the solution of Biaryl 16-2 (618 mg, 2.0 mmol) in dichloromethane (5 mL), was added dropwise Br2 (128 aL, 2.5 mmol) in dichloromethane (1 mL) for 5 min at 0 °C. After addition of Br2, the reaction mixture was warmed to room temperature and stirred for 2 hrs. The reaction mixture was washed with H20 (10 mL), concentrated under vacuum and triturated in EtOH to afford yellowish crystals. A 5 mL round-bottom flask was charged with the solids and SnCI2-2H20 (2.61 g, 10.0 mmol) and dissolved in EtOH (5 mL). The mixture was refluxed for 1.5 hrs and cooled to room temperature. The reaction was concentrated under vaccum and extracted with EtOAc (20 mL x 2) and H20 (20 mL). The EtOAc was dried over MgS04, concentrated under vaccum and purified over silica gel (EtOAc/Hex = 1/2, Rf = 0.25) to afford the desire Amino biaryl 16-4 as white crystals (583 mg, 82% in 2 steps).

Experiment 16.4 Preparation and Analysis of Compound Amino biaryl 16-5: [0446] Aryl bromide 16-1 (1.28 g, 4.57 mmol), p-fluorophenyl boronic acid (700 mg, 5.0 mmol) and Pd (PPh3) 4 (578 mg, 0.5 mmol) were directly weighed into a 50 mL round-bottom flask and dissolved in dioxane (30 mL). The solution was treated with K2CO3 (1.38 g, 10.0 mmol) in H20 (5.43 mL) and heated to 80 °C. After stirring for 4 hrs, the reaction was poured into H20 (50 mL) and

extracted with EtOAc (30 mL x 2). The EtOAc was dried over MgS04 and concentrated under vaccum. The residue was dissolved in dichloromethane (25 mL), and Br2 (282 liL, 5.5 mmol) in dichloromethane (3 mL) was added dropwise for 5 min at 0 °C. After addition of Br2, the reaction mixture was warmed to room temperature and stirred for 2 hrs. The reaction mixture was washed with H20 (20 mL), concentrated under vaccum and triturated in EtOH to afford yellowish crystals. A 5 mL round-bottom flask was charged with the solids and SnCl2@2H2O (4.12 g, 18.3 mmol) and dissolved in EtOH (20 mL). The mixture was refluxed for 1.5 hrs and cooled to room temperature. The reaction was concentrated under vaccum and extracted with EtOAc (20 mL x 2) and H2O (20 mL). The EtOAc was dried over MgS04, concentrated under vaccum and purified over silica gel (EtOAc/Hex = 1/2, Rf = 0. 31) to afford Amino biaryl 16-5 as white crystals (1.31 g, 83 % in 3 steps).

[0447] In general, the coupling procedures disclosed herein between an amine, such as, Amino biaryls 16-5,16-5 and the like, with isocyanates, acid halides and sulfonyl halides can be utilized to achieve the desired urea, amide or sulfonamide products respectively. Analytical data for certain representative compounds, such as those compounds in TABLES 16-1 and 16-2, can be seen in TABLE 16-3 below: TABLE 16-3 Analytical Data for Representative Compounds of the Invention Compound No. Expected Found (M+H'9Br) Found (M+H8'Br) 185 520 520 522 186 545 545 547 187 545 545 547 191 511 511 513 192 495 495 497 196 502 502 504 198 507 507 509 200 557 557 559 201 519 519 521 202 517 517 519 [0448] An important point that can be derived from the foregoing data is that by using a constitutively activated form of the receptor in the direct identification of candidate compounds, the selectivity of the compounds is exceptional: as those in the art appreciate, the homology between the human 5-HT2A and 5-HT2C receptors is about 95%, and even with such homology, certain of the directly identified compounds, e. g., Compounds 8 and 9 evidence a 100-fold difference in selectivity preference (as measured by ICso values) for the 5-HT2A receptor compared with the 5-HT2c receptor.

This is important for pharmaceutical compositions in that such selectivity can help to reduce side- effects associated with interaction of a drug with a non-target receptor.

[0449] Different embodiments of the invention will consist of different constitutively activated receptors, different expression systems, different assays, and different compounds. Those skilled in the art will understand which receptors to use with which expression systems and assay methods. All are considered within the scope of the teaching of this invention.

[0450] In some embodiments of each of the genera disclosed in this specification, the following compounds (a) through (k), and combinations or subcombinations thereof, are included therein: (a) N- (3- (4-bromo-2-methylpyrazol-3-yl) phenyl) (2-chlorophenyl) carboxamide; H N1-9 0 cri \=N gon (b) N- (3- (4-bromo-2-methylpyrazol-3-yl) phenyl) (4-chlorophenyl) sulfonamide ; ci H I N, s v S Br N-CH, \=N - N (c) N- (3- (4-bromo-2-methylpyrazol-3-yl) phenyl) (methylamino) carboxamide ; H H o iso Br-gN-CH, \=N - N (d) N- (3- (4-bromo-2-methylpyrazol-3-yl) phenyl) ( (3-carboxy-prop-1-yl) carboxamide; (e) N- (3- (4-bromo-2-methylpyrazol-3-yl) phenyl) ((2-carboxy-eth-1-yl) carboxamide ; (f) N- (3- (4-bromo-2-methylpyrazol-3-yl) phenyl) ( (2-chloro-3-pyridyl) carboxamide;

(g) N- (3- (4-bromo-2-methylpyrazol-3-yl) phenyl) ( (3-carboxy-pyrazin-2-yl) carboxamide ;

(h) N-(3-(4-bromo-2-methylpyrazol-3-yl)phenyl)((2-methyl-1-carbo xy-prop-2- yl) carboxamide ; (i) N- (3- (4-bromo-2-methylpyrazol-3-yl) phenyl) ( (5-chlorothiophen-2-yl) sulfonamide ;

(j) N- (3- (4-bromo-2-methylpyrazol-3-yl) phenyl) (((4-trifluoromethoxy) phenyl) amino) carboxamide ; (k) N- (3- (4-bromo-2-methylpyrazol-3-yl) phenyl) (trichloromethyl) carboxamide.

[0451] In some embodiments of each of the general disclosed in this specification, compounds (a) through (k) above, and combinations or subcombinations thereof, are not included therein.

[0452] Those skilled in the art will recognize that various modifications, additions, substitutions, and variations to the illustrative examples set forth herein can be made without departing from the spirit of the invention and are, therefore, considered within the scope of the invention. All documents referenced above, including, but not limited to, printed publications, and provisional and regular patent applications, are incorporated herein by reference in their entirety.: